Home

WiMAP-4G User Manual - brown

image

Contents

1. re U a SSI VM s d Radio Unit 1 E E a B Antenna 0 M S Radio Unit 2 fey G Antenna 120 f Radio U nit 3 New vg Delete Create Copy Change Multiple 9 P Sample Si __ Activation Z Activate All fo i Radio Unit I E Z Antenna 0 e S Radio Unit 2 fw Z Antenna 120 tm lean la e ma la Figure 214 Invert activation of an antenna 3 Invert Activation function activates all deactivate antennas if the selected antenna was activated or vice versa 7 1 8 3 How to Activate Antennas by a Filter 1 Open the Site tab in the Project Explorer and right click on an antenna 2 Select Activation gt Filter Activation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 131 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Activation RA Ea x a SE ve Data E WU a Sar i Radio Unit 1 bel Antenna 0 M Radio Unit 2 2 hel Antenna 120 g S Radio Unit 3 Insert Enter Delete Copy Delete TE l Create Copy Activate All Deactivate All Invert Activation l G Radio Unit 1 hf E Antenna 0 w 2 Radio Unit 2 iei Antenna 120 HA HH SS NRI ess as sa i Cilt ar xr aK ara HESI ALLY cd LU CL Figure 215 Context menu for filter activation 3 Select and set the filter parameters and click on OK to select and apply the filter Figure 216 Filte
2. Margin dB 0 000 4 Choose to create the theme for all activated antennas or only a specific technology If the theme is restricted to a specific technology choose whether the actual antenna or all antennas with that technology should be shown only works with right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Power Level or MA choosing antenna and clicking 5 Choose a colour profile and a margin To change the colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz 10 000 m above ground Qam 4 3 4 Qam d 1 2 QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 T QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 no Coverage beceem NWLAN BS3_2 4GHz gicatel lucent Figure 393 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 233 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 395 A power level theme example Munich 0 dB margin In this example the colour profile has been modified to visualize the differences A little green circle on the map marks the area with the best power level Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to see the exact power jalcatel lucent Maximum 60 3 dBm 10 000 m Height 46L Figure 396 Marker for the best power level 10 10 The Sub Carrier Interference Theme The sub carrier interference theme is a useful tool to explore the interference for any activated sub carrier
3. Import Antennas Export Antennas Cancel Change Multiple Antennas Figure 205 Export antennas 2 Choose whether to export all antennas which is set by default or only the active antennas The decimal separator only affects the layout of the created csv file Click on Choose to browse folders and enter a file name 3 Click OK to export the antennas 7 1 7 Import Antennas Importing antennas is possible with WiMAP 4G Both importing antenna information from other projects to the active working set and importing antennas data from other programs that allow exporting data in csv format is provided brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 127 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 1 7 1 How to Import Antennas 1 Choose Sites gt Import Antennas Directory C Windows addins Y Public T WinDDK T Windows far addins a S AppCompat T AppPatch 5 assembly J Boot I Branding H csc I Cursors il J de DE i O debug diagnostics H E DigitalLocker i S E i aaas File Name csv Filter TSV File csv m mea Name Size Last Modified Figure 206 Import antennas 2 Set Decimal Separator for the imported parameters and choose file gt es N Decimal Separator File Desktop geo_sanktAU csv Choose om ea Figure 207 Dia
4. Figure 262 Create new point categories 2 One point category is preconfigured You can use or edit it or create a new one To create a new point category click on New brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 162 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 263 A new point category 3 Choose a name for the point and click on Add to create new columns for this point we EST NN Colouring Default Edit New ox cone Figure 264 New type and name In case there are no special circumstances it is recommended to choose the type as the name Add all desired columns and press OK to save the point category Name WLan_Customer Browse Columns Add Power Level Power Level Edit Ordinal Ordinal Height Meter Delete Field Strength Field Strengt Degree Degree Move Up Figure 265 Save the new category brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 163 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 3 Create Points When all point required categories are created a point can be set 8 3 1 How to Create Points 1 There are three possibilities to create points e Choose Points gt Create Points Clients Link Calc Edit Multiple ay Export Import Activation Edit Categories Figu
5. 45 000 Vert 9 22 500 Spin 0 000 Reset view Figure 454 Values for 3D View Distension is the axial extension of the Z axis Therefore a higher value stretches the buildings and makes them higher for the human eye This is useful if the project only holds buildings with small heights The distension will stretch them a little bit and gives them better visibility The maximum value of distension is 10 which means a building will be shown 10 times higher than in reality Spin just spins the view a little bit to the desired angle Playing with that value shows effects quite clear The Z label is the most interesting because it allows the user to zoom in and out This function could sometimes be required to show specific objects or discover problems that might be hidden in detail The first thing to understand is that a 3D view cannot exist with only a X and Y axis A third axis is required to add a steric component This required axis is the Z axis Playing a little bit with this value should show the effect Keep in mind that a value smaller than the average area height used in the project will make the project disappear in the 3D view Always use a value higher than the highest point in your project An elevation calculation may help to determine the height of that highest point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 273 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems
6. Clie Figure 446 The Link Budget tab 13 1 2Automatically by Using the Terrain Profiler To calculate the link budget automatically two sites need to be created 1 Choose the Terrain Profiler on tool panel click on the first station and drag the mouse cursor to the desired second station Click the mouse button to open the snap window The easiest way to calculate the link budget of two stations is to drag the Terrain Profiler from one object to another and to pick both objects in the snap window brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 268 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 447 Select objects with Terrain Profiler 2 Now choose between coordinate or object options and select similar snap objects If snap objects are incompatible the link budget calculation is impossible In this case WiMAP 4G logs out with the error message The selected carrier does not match To Coordinates To Object lt YY Sample Site 5 M UP Site 2 TT Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 TT G Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 tT Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 S Figure 448 The snap window appears after connecting two points 3 After choosing objects or coordinates click on OK to start the link budget calculation The values for the two objects are inserted automatically the calculation is done Manual adjust
7. Ex Coverage _ gt R Display Bx Best Server K Display Isoline et Carrier To Interferer gt Epon c mx Power Level i 5 l Points Colour ZS Sub Carrier Interference K ee Field Strength f Elevation b M Elevation Building Visibility K Clear Figure 368 Create coverage theme from menu e Choose the Calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click on S brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 220 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 9 VM Site 1 196 Radio Unit 1 M Antenna 0 Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2 v Z Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 Antenna 240 MIN Site 2 9 Radio Unit 1 ME Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 v G Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 ka G Antenna 210 E Antenna 240 Figure 369 Create coverage theme from Calculation tab e Choose the Calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Coverage KR 9 gt S K 5 2015 01 28 21 03 27 Ie VM Site 1 e B Best Server FRG ZN aR There BX Ra vex Power Level 5 L 25 Sub Carrier Interference VG Ra bea Field Strength Leone Merge with Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 370 Create coverage theme from Calculation tab
8. all Antennas Y Deactivate others 0 Activate Colouring Margin G Sub Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Margin dB 0 000 T Include areas below minimum level ok caca Figure 400 Sub carrier interference theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all activated antennas or only for a specific technology If the theme is restricted to a specific technology choose whether the actual antenna or all antennas with that technology should be shown only works with right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Sub Carrier Interference Key for this theme is to select the Sub Carrier accordingly 5 Choose a colour profile To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 237 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 nee oo wr Z OAME4 1 2 i a Ho M QAMIG 3 4 ae ieee QAM1G 1 2 EEE oPsk 3 4 QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 ey Leal 7 N See LAN R 52 2 Sy Fee a MT eT T EL Pian ES ic a Se wees fie a Te WiMAX BS tian oe ja Vals De rA E aa Se a ES E rin 7 G N Figure 402 A sub carrier interference theme example Munich 0 dB margin As shown in Figure 402 most of the area is shaded in light green which means that the Signal for sub carrier WLAN 2 4GHz Channel 1 is faced not too much with interference In contrary to the carrier to interfe
9. cadastral E Clients P Link Budget Figure 351 A point field strength calculation example Munich CORLA resolution x y 3 resolution z 3 point extent 1 10 4 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model Choose the average road orientation in This can be set to a standard value in the settings Calculation Category Potential Customer Model ITU R P 1411 3 Road orientation phi 30 000 Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level Field Strength Column Field Strength le Use Height AGL Column Height ASLI Column Height Carrier l Restrict To To configure the ITU R P 1411 3 see chapter 3 1 2 2 2 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 211 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ae s Category Potential Customer Name Height YN Power Level Field Strength r Z W Millar 10 000 71 6 0 075 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 w Peters 8 000 67D 0 154 690601 65 5336029 06 515 639 w wolff 7000 100 8 0 000 690499 51 5336395 45 515 398 L Calculation ae Elevation Bc adastral S Clients lT Link Budget Figure 353 A point field strength calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation 90 10 4 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model The Free Space Propagation Model is the easiest model it does n
10. 4 Click on OK to add the new frequency dependent parameter The new parameter is created and will be used in the project Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency t Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building Maximum Overall Attenuation Add 2400 000 Delete a J J PR Figure 82 The created parameter appears in the list 3 1 2 3 CORLA Raylauncher CORLA Cube Oriented Ray Launching Algorithm is a powerful propagation model based on the 3D raylaunching technology CORLA provides a cube based representation of the area which leads to fast identification processing of diffraction and reflection sources Different antenna patterns delay spread and building penetration are inherent features of the algorithm Hence CORLA is optimized for speed it is 20 to 40 times faster than other ray launching solutions and therefore qualified to be used in WiMAP 4G Due to the complexity of the CORLA Raylauncher there are many adjustments to be done to optimise it for a better use in the current project i C Project Properties xs General CORLA Raylauncher Calculation Theme Executable Path C Program Files WiMAP 4G demo CorlaDemo exe Choose Empirical models juts Free Space Propagation Resolution X Y m 3 000 ITU R P 1411 3 Resolution Z m 3 000 Erceg Model l S Visibility Maximum Memory Limit MB 512 00 E EES Raylauncher V Resample Elevation Model To Cube X Y Size Algorithm Mod
11. Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type Height AGL Dt Elect New Antenna 0 14 8 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 20 000 0 00 0 00 0 00 E canca Figure 443 Radio unit settings 2 Click on Change on the colour field brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 264 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 Choose the new colour and click on OK To save new colour click on OK in the radio unit settings lt i 12 3 3How to Make an Antenna coloured The colour of antennas can be set on the sites colour radio unit colour and antennas If the colour of the upper elements is changed the antenna colour will be changed too 1 Open antenna settings r M Pep t perpe gt Antenna a Fe Name Antenna 240 Radio Unit Direction Direction 240 000 Downtilt 0 000 Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Antenna Type Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 x w Options Attenuation Cable Loss dB 0 000 Position Pattern Colour Colour B Change Transp 0 a Figure 444 Antenna settings 2 Under the Option Colour the colour and the transparency in can be changed Click on Change to change the colour 3 Select your new colour and click on OK to close setting panel Now your selected antenna Is displayed
12. Community Edition The Community Edition is the free version of WiMAP 4G It offers all the important features but with certain limitations for example only 12 antennas in the same project The Community Edition was released to give potential customers a good overview on the flexibility of WiMAP 4G CORINE The CORINE land cover is referring to an European program establishing a computerized inventory on land cover of the 27 EC member states and other European countries at an original scale of 1 100 000 using 44 classes of the 3 level CORINE nomenclature It is produced by the European Environment Agency and its member countries and is based on the results of IMAGE2000 a satellite imaging program undertaken jointly by the Joint Research Centre of the European Commission and the EEA CORINE data can be downloaded from the EEA Website Coverage Based on the field strength calculation results that can be achieved by clicking Calculation gt Field Strength Area Calculation the coverage can be displayed Elevation Model Elevation models describe the topography of the ground surface The elevation model is represented as a raster with a fixed cell size The cell size characterizes the quality of the elevation model A smaller cell size results in a higher precision The elevation model is a very critical part of the project because imprecise data can cause problems not during planning but in reality Always try to find a highly precise elevation
13. New Insert Antenna 120 Site 1 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorac Edit 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorac Antenna 240 Site 1 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorac Delete Create Copy Antenna 240 7 Change Multiple Antennas Activation ey Layers Points amp alculat Flevatio cadastra Figure 182 Right click in sites tab and click on New in context menu 2 The antenna settings window will be opened ID Name Radio Unit Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Direction 0 0 90 Direction 240 000 Downtilt 0 000 Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Y Center Antenna Type Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Options Pa a Cable Loss dB 0 000 Pattern Colour Position As Site Relative Translation Absolute Coordinates o 00 00 000 o 00 00 000 Figure 183 Antenna Settings window 3 If all parameter are set click on OK To save the antenna completely the setting windows of radio unit and site has also to be closed with the OK button brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 114 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 184 View of site with antenna on the map 7 1 1 2 How to Create Antenna Types 1 Choose Antenna Types gt Create or Antenna Types gt
14. Convert Height AGL to Remove Clients Edit Profiles Figure 294 Convert clients to points brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 carea Page 176 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 At first it needs to be decided whether a selected client or all active clients should be converted To use the first option a client needs to be selected in the Project Explorer in the Clients Tab before choosing Clhents gt Convert to Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Create Edit Assign to Sites ea amp g Convert from Points tegory Potential Customer CLR Peters 1 ele Name Height Y N X E 690310 63 5336840 38 522 634 697196 34 5335541 33 512 297 Figure 295 Mark a client and choose Convert to Points Choose the point category that should be created from the clients and choose the Height Column of this point category You can still uncheck the Convert Height checkbox Feel free to create or edit new point categories by clicking on Options gt New or Options gt Point Categories Before finishing the conversion choose the clients to be deleted after creating the points or still to occur afterwards Conver
15. broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Model Erceg Model Type Erceg A Hilly moderate to heavy tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Pixel Relative 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 Ie Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 687177 39 X To 695298 15 Y From 5333875 62 Y To 5338495 62 canca Figure 319 Calculation with Erceg model Type A The coverage probability has to be set It can be set to a standard value in the WiMAP 4G settings The function of that value is a little bit tricky to understand It describes the chance that considering all circumstances a specific point receives the calculated field strength in real terms The coverage is always based on probability theory and cannot be guaranteed 100 of the time This probability may be affected by weather or atmospheric conditions For high frequency carriers the weather can make the little difference between a working and a useless signal The temperature is able to affect the coverage too Depending on this it is always recommended to set this value not too low The calculation result may look very nice in theory but in reality none of the customers may receive a satisfying signal A good result with a high value as for example 70 is a good basis for a real project Figure 320 50 o coverage probability For example the rectangle in Figure
16. broadband wireless networks investigations e planning s operations support systems pos S E 3 Edit the site settings 4 Antennas and radio units can be edited removed by choosing the antenna or radio unit and clicking on Edit Delete A short introduction how to copy antennas and radio units can be found in chapter 7 1 3 respectively in chapter 7 2 3 5 Click on OK to save changes 7 3 4 Activate or Deactivate Sites Sites can be activated or deactivated This may be important if the user wants to make a calculation that does not include all antennas A lot of antennas need a long time to calculate and if only a little detail has been changed the user does not want to make a two hour calculation to see the mistake There are two methods to activate or deactivate sites at once or manually 7 3 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate all Sites at Once 1 Choose Sites gt Activation gt Sites gt Activate All or Deactivate All 3 Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras KI Create d 7 amp is Echt ai Activation P Sites E Z Activate All k Import Antennas Radio Units 2 Deactivate all Export Antennas E Antennas i K S R L eb Change Multiple k e ee thers FET ie E pEr SS Se C7 a Fi ace d t Figure 253 Activate or deactivate all sites 2 As an alternative use the icons on tool panel in the site tab of the Project Explorer lt UY Site
17. oN wima p 4G Release 6 1 User Manual brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 1 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Copyright brown iposs GmbH 2015 Copyright at brown iposs GmbH All rights reserved Translation reprinting copying of illustrations broadcasting photo mechanical or similar reproduction always requires the permission by brown iposs GmbH Storage also on data processing systems even of parts is allowed only for documenting As long as not otherwise indicated this document and all of its parts are confidential and might not be distributed to third parties Label WiMAP 4G is a registered label of brown iposs GmbH brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 2 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Contents ABOUT THISIVIAN UAL cssccaniaventesescegaenarenysnedsimscnndenensanbeeapeausiunacetessaannienascuasvennswniseuescnbdanuaanteneagaies 10 CONVENTIONS oere occas cone E E ae nntecsnenceseeeces 10 ECHINICAL ASSIST ANGE wwcvosscourcdursswavervcanssdseysscvusscesescavenveceveonsraunnebarecavousedavcavaveyeenneseinievaveusieuess 11 L INTRODUCHON isise tee EA savacnanua sa conuesuasnsusaneusaucuveatenssabasacstonenimensnegnuses 12 dW WMAP A TTT 12 t2 WIMAP 4G EDITIONS ee ee enn eae 12 1 2 1 WIMAP 4G COM MUNIY ECUItION sss s sss sss sees sees eee 12 1 2 2 WIMAP 4G Professional Edit
18. 14 2 1Navigation Specials Integrated into the 3D View window there is a menu named Navigation which offers a few possibilities to navigate through a 3 dimensional environment e Camera Platform The standard view which allows the user to navigate with the mouse buttons and the labels at the bottom of the window e Autopilot Starts a camera flight over the environment a good application for presentations e Center Antenna Opening the 3D view is sometimes quite confusing Antennas cannot be found really fast because they are hidden between the buildings A field strength area calculation maybe helps to locate the antennas a little bit better but it is not the optimal solution for presentations The Center Antennas Option opens a window showing all the antennas used in the current project Now a specific antenna can be selected and the view will change to the antenna residence ID WIMAX BS1 Basel_Sek1 WIMAX BS1 Basel_Sek2 WIMAX BS1 Basel_Sek3 WLAN _BS1_ 3 4GHz Basel Sec WLAN_BS1_ 2 4GHz Basel_Sek2 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Basel_Sek3 WLAN _BS 5SGHz Base 2_5GHz_Sek1 WLAN_BS SGHz Base _SGHz_Sek2 WLAN_BS 5GHz Base _5GHz_Sek3 WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Base3_Seki Cancel Figure 455 Choose the desired antenna Z m 557 996 Figure 456 The antenna will be focused brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 274 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Navigation Came
19. Browse 5623076 24 Browse Z m 56 654 Figure 307 Fill in all fields 3 If everything is set click on OK to create the client Figure 308 The client appears on the map The client will show up on the map and a solid line connects him with the site that he has been assigned to 9 3 Edit Clients Sometimes it is necessary to edit clients for instance a customer has changed his position on the map or he uses a different technology now L lt i 9 3 1 How to Edit Clients 1 There are three possibilities to edit clients e Right click on the client on the map and click on Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 184 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Delete Terrain Profiler Create Site Create Client Create Point Assign Building Attributes Delete Building Figure 309 Edit clients from the menu e Choose the Client Tab in the Project Explorer right click on the client and choose Edit Delete Terrain Profiler Figure 310 Edit clients in the clients tab e Choose Chlents gt Edit This is the fastest way to edit clients because all clients are listed in the appearing window The desired one can be chosen and edited by double clicking on it Name v Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I Ec 10 New airspan
20. Crest Factor 10 00 Figure 175 The Carrier Settings window A carrier can be created by choosing Carriers gt Create too brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 109 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems a Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Lit Hs g Thy PET A T K ity GSM Carrier Peau Bon Ory ps a ae BOLG astell bn Figure 176 The fast way to create a carrier 3 Configure the carrier and always keep the specifications for the specific carrier in mind A 2 4 GHz WLAN should not have a frequency spectrum up to 5 GHz Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Name WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Browse Frequency Coverage Frequency From MHz 2430 000 To MHz 2450 000 Spectrum From MHz 2400 000 To MHz 2484 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 Default Antenna Power dBm 14 771 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 aoe ss ee Figure 177 Configured carrier 4 Click Coverage and edit the coverage options according to the chosen carrier type Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Name WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Browse Frequency Coverage Name v Power Level Limit C T Limit Ec 10 Limit 26 00 QAM64 1 2 73 00 QAM16 3 4 76 00 QAM16 1 2 80 00 QPSK 3 4 83 00 QPSK 1 2 86 00 BPSK 1 2 88 00 Figure 178 Coverage settings Coverage is
21. DXF At the top it can be chosen whether dxf files should be enabled or not This is simply the same option as activating or deactivating the dxf layers in the Project Explorer Below this option a scale of cadastral data can be set to a minimum or maximum value Both values are set to maximum and minimum scale by default With these values the cadastral model can always be seen independently from the zoom factor At the bottom of the DXF settings the specific layers can be edited Colours can be changed as well as priority of the specific layer or the visibility If desired layers can be deleted too brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 78 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems DXF Iv Show From Scale 1 0 00 Empirical models l i Free Space Propagation i Lu JTU R P 1411 3 Show To Scale 1 10000000 00 Erceg Model Visibility Layer CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters i WinProp Elevation Model DXF Layer Name Y Cadastral Layer Name Colour Figure 117 DXF settings lt i 4 1 2 1 How to Edit Cadastral Data Layers 1 Open Project gt Properties gt DXF General 2 Calculation G En lt Empirical Models Free Space Propagation E 1 ie ITU R P 1411 3 Show To Scale 1 10000000 00 T Erceg Model i beVisibility ccs Show From Scale 1 0 00 DXF Layer Name v C
22. Every tab is designed individually to offer a good orientation and to keep all actions as simple as possible brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 4 1 The Sites Tab The Sites tab in the Project Explorer gives an overview of all sites radio units and antennas used in the project n x Activation Me s S we Y Data lt le YP WIMAX BS1 e i Radio Unit 1 V Base1_Sek1 Radio Unit 2 v Base1_Sek2 le S Radio Unit 3 vV Basel_Sek3 lt ie YP WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 5 B Radio Unit 1 v Basel Seki 9 Radio Unit 2 lt ie UY WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 1 vE Base2_SGHz_Sek1 l BH Radio Unit 2 V Base2_5GHz_Sek3 5 7 2 Radio Unit 3 v Base2_5GHz_Sek2 lt le Y WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz V Radio Unit 1 v Base3_Sek1 ID Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type v Basel_Seki WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 1 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band 21 0 0 00 Stella v Base1_Sek1 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella v Basel_Sek2 WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 2 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band 21 0 120 00 Stella v Basel_Sek2 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 120 00 Stella v Basel_Sek3 WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 3 WiMAX Channel 3 lower band 21 0 240 00 Stella vi Basel_Sek3 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 240 00 Stella V Base2_5GHz_Sek1 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz C
23. Fill the required fields From To From LW m 1 000 To W m 800 000 Color From B Change Transp 25 Color To Ba Change Transp 25 Name low cance Figure 68 Fill in all fields 7 Choose colours 8 Name the interval if desired 9 After adding all desired intervals press OK 10 Choose a profile for your project Field Strength New Project 2 Power Level Default New Project 1 Power Level Difference New Project 2 Figure 69 The created profile appears in the list All settings can be reset at the bottom by clicking Reset To Defaults 3 1 2 2 Empirical Models Empirical models are used for propagation calculation The resolution is preconfigured or can be configured manually for new projects The resolution can be calculated absolutely brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 52 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems in m or relatively in A resolution can also be chosen during a propagation calculation The WiMAP 4G Community Edition only allows an absolute value of 50 m The Professional Edition allows also resolutions up to centimeters Furthermore the attenuation interpolation can be changed too The standard setting is the bilinear interpolation It should be the proper setting in general Other interpolation models should only be chosen if necessary e Bilinear interpolation A precise algorithm th
24. Format can be tif tiff gif or png brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 83 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 3 1 How to Import a Background Image 1 Open Geodata gt Maps gt Load Background Image Load Background Image File Path Coordinates Min x Min Max x Max Y ea Figure 129 The import dialogue for a background image Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients gt Z N AAR SF Elevation Model k Buildings k Maps t Load Cadastral Data Load Background Image Clear Figure 130 Load a background image 2 Choose a file with Choose or enter a File path 3 Enter the coordinates where the image should be placed at and click OK The Min X and Min Y coordinates are found in the lower left corner The Max X is the coordinate in the upper left corner File ogram Files WiMAP 4G2 demo munich png Choose Path Coordinates Min X 688891 91 Min Y 5349105 42 Max X 689500 45 Max fs cont Figure 131 Fill in all fields and click OK 4 4Location Images The location images are georeferenced images that contain coordinate information They can easily imported in WiMAP 4G and viewed there WiMAP 4G supports the import of location brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 84 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operation
25. G Antenn Radio Unit inf Antenn Radio unit Change Multiple Activation ay G Antenn VP Sites i Radio Unit 1 cooly G Antenna 0 T Antenna 20 V G Radio Unit 2 i ino G Antenna 120 5V Gi Radio Unit 3 i D Antenna 240 G Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2 Z Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 Antenna 240 Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Antenna 0 Sitel Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Antenna 0 Antenna 0 Antenna 0 Antenna 0_2 Antenna 0_2 Antenna 10 Antenna 120 Antenna 120 Antenna 120 Antenna 120 Antenna 20 Antenna 240 Antenna 240 Antenna 240 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Site3 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Site4 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Site1 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Site3 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Sitel Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 site2 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Site3 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Site4 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Site4 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Sitel Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 Site3 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 Site4 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 0
26. Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 88 The Building Classes settings 17 Calculation i Theme Empirical Models 7 7 te Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Visibility SL CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters L WinProp Elevation Model beeen Point Colors Figure 89 Select building classes 2 Click on Add ID Name Indoor Loss Attenuation T r From Color To O Buildings Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 5 000 99 000 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m Figure 90 Click Add to add a new building class 3 1 5 1 How to Add a Building or Wood Profile 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Building Classes 3 Type in next ID and Name and click on OK Indoor loss should be applied except when there are no walls or doors etc brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 65 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ID 2 Name Metropolitan city building Ie Apply Indoor Loss Figure 91 Click OK to save the changes 4 Select the new building trom the list and click on Attenuations and then on Add 0 Buildings Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m Edit 2 Metropolitan city building Yes Delete Figure 92 Add new attenuation parameters 5 Add new Frequency and Attenuation The second field should o
27. T Deu at Ss Site To Site Calculation Create Site Create Client Create Point Figure 364 Start site to site calculation from the map 2 The Site to Site calculation window opens Site To Site Restrict to technology 2 4 GHz Antennas Active non active Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Cha M Maximum Distance m 5000 000 Maximum Angle Difference 5 000 cancel_ Figure 365 The site to site calculation settings 3 Choose technology and carrier used by the desired antennas select if the antennas are active or non active and insert maximum distance and maximum angle difference and Click on OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 218 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Schwarz rhein dort Mlich Rhein 3 K X eke 1 E i OE att i 7 W K Site To Site were 0 hk ae Restrict to technology WLAN 2 4 GHz lt l Le Antennas Active non active Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Cha Maximum Distance m 5000 000 Maximum Angle Difference i 5 000 cancel int e an l E U i Figure 366 Fill in all the fields and click OK to start the calculation The pathloss will be shown beside the line which connects the antennas In this case it is 57 9 dB Figure 367 shows a few antennas involved in a site to site calculation If a blue line connects antennas after doing a site to site c
28. Therefore it is an optimal source for buildings wood and other important objects needed by WiMAP 4G to create a proper calculation CORINE data can be downloaded from the EEA Website 5 6 1 How to Create Buildings Using CORINE Data brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 102 of 297 Elevation Model gt l Load Buildings broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt CORINE Import Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients L Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data Figure 167 CORINE import 2 Choose a file fill in the coordinates of the desired environment and click on Next robert Desktop 100KME45N34 shp X To 1434073 93 Y To 6043111 70 Figure 168 CORINE settings brown iposs GmbH 3 After the environment details are loaded the following window should appear User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 103 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Import Building Count 2181 gt Import Type Y Building Class Airports lt Ignore gt Beaches dunes and sand plains lt Ignore gt Broad leaved forest lt Ignore gt Coastal lagoons lt Ignore gt Complex cultivation lt Ignore gt Coniferous forest lt Ignore gt Continuous urban fabric lt Ignore gt Discontinuous urban fabric lt Ignore gt Dump sit
29. To Frequency Y Power Level Drop Pathloss Exponent Pathloss Factor Attenuation Figure 73 Click Add to add new parameters 3 Choose a Maximum Frequency for the profile 4 Enter a Pathloss Exponent and a Pathloss Factor and press OK Specific Pathloss Exponents can be found at 3 1 2 2 1 The Pathloss Factor should be 0 00230 for free space propagation To Frequency MHz Power Level Drop Pathloss Exponent Power Law 2 00 Pathloss Factor Exponential Law 0 00000 Elevation Model Attenuation dB 0 000 0 000 length m Figure 74 Pathloss exponents and factor brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 55 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po SSH 3 1 2 2 2 ITU R P 1411 3 ITU R P 1411 3 is a semi empirical model based on COST 231 Walfish Ikegami and enhanced by ITU R The model considers detailed input data like average height and separation of buildings street data width direction BS and MS antenna height length of the path covered by buildings as well as distance from BS to MS gt Project Properties General ITU R P 1411 3 Calculation Theme Heights of buildings hRoof m 15 000 Empirical models Only used if no building model is present Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Widths of roads w m 15 000 Erceg Model Building separation b m 30 000 Visibility l l E CORLA Raylauncher Road orientation phi i 2 90
30. V Antenna 10 A C Coverage Rad aea Bx Best Server T To Interere MAX wx Power Level B 7 Radi 9 Sub Carrier Interference E 7 a Field Strength E A Merge with 4 A Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 383 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The carrier to interferer theme window opens brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 228 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Antennas Deactivate others Activate all Calculation C I For neighboring cells assume Maximum Load Base Load Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB 0 000 Include areas without coverage cance Figure 384 Carrier to interferer theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all antennas or only for the actual antenna Only works by right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Carrier to Interferer or marking the antennas and clicking on 2 5 Choose a colour profile and a margin To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 The sites can run in maximum load or base load modus during a calculation Choose one of them The maximum load is default because in extreme situations the ratio is always more significant than it w
31. V Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 V Antenna 240 Site 2 Radio Unit 1 WJ Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 A Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 I Antenna 210 Antenna 240 Figure 390 Create power level theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Power Level Gu Be ce Te Be ox 5 5 2015 01 28 21 03 27 U Site 1 Radio Unit 1 ME Antenna 0 eE Antenna 10 Yen C Coverage 6 Radio uf B Best Server SMO Antel Gr Carrier To Interferer INP Site 2 el Radio Ur Z Antei 2 Sub Carrier Interference Radio Ur c Display power level theme F m Antei S Field Radio x Merge with 2 Ante Antei Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 391 Create power level theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The power level theme window opens brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 232 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Restrict to technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Antennas Deactivate others Activate all Coloring Margin Coloring Default OK Cancel Figure 392 Power level theme settings
32. V Basel Sek gt i Radio Unit 2 Base1_Sek2 ie 2 Radio Unit 3 Base1_Sek3 lt le VZ WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz l Gi Radio Unit 1 V Base1_Sek1 Radio Unit 2 V Base1_Sek2 e Radio Unit 3 v Base1l_Sek3 lt e YY WLAN_BS2_5GHz i Radio Unit 1 Base2_5GHz_Sek1 le i Radio Unit 2 v Base2_5GHz_Sek3 e i Radio Unit 3 v Base2_5GHz_Sek2 lt e YP WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz 5V Radio Unit 1 v Base3_Sek1 ID Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type v Basel Sek WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 1 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band 21 0 0 00 Stella v Basei_Sek1 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella v Basel_Sek2 WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 2 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band 21 0 120 00 Stella v Basel_Sek2 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 120 00 Stella v Basei_Sek3 WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 3 WiMAX Channel 3 lower band 21 0 240 00 Stella V Basel_Sek3 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 240 00 Stella v Base2_SGHz_Sek1 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 14 8 0 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek2 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 14 8 240 00 Stella V Base2_5GHz_Sek3 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 14 8 120 00 Stella v Base3_Seki WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella T Sites T Layers Points amp Calculation a Elevation cadastral S Clients E Link Budget Figure 237 The sites tab
33. as UTM but splits the earth in 3 wide Zones instead of 6 like UTM Geographic The geographic coordinate system is the standard system used by OpenStreetMap and Google Every point on earth can be specified by an X and Y coordinate which are specified in degree The X coordinate can have a value between 180 and 180 while the Y value can be everything between 90 and 90 A location can be specified more precisely by using angular minutes and seconds angular seconds are decimal numbers too 0 001 angular second 0 5 m 4 If UTM is chosen decide on a zone stripe if this zone stripe in the south of the equator select this option and insert coordinates of a specified area The default zone 32 is the zone where Germany is located in If Gauss Krueger is chosen select the option south of the equator if the area is there and optionally insert coordinates of the specified area If Geographic is chosen it is sufficient to insert coordinates of the specified area only 5 Click on Finish An empty project is created and imports can be done later For more information see the following chapters 3 3 Load Projects Projects can be loaded by choosing Project gt Load or clicking on the Control Bar The File Explorer will open and a project file rap can be chosen If there is an active project it is possible to save or discard it before loading a new project Recent projects are shown on the project submenu at the bott
34. broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Point Import x Do it For Existing Category New Category Measurement F Decimal Separator Null Value File C projectBN points csv Choose cancel Figure 284 Import points dialog window 3 The types of column which are not recognized by import are highlighted in red Double click on the warning field and set the appropriate type of parameter Then Click on OK to import the points Points Import Category New Category Parameters Name c Type Carrier To Set Height To Set Y Coordinates E SNR Field Strength Meter Ordinal Text URL xX Coordinates _ Y Coordinates OK Cancel Figure 285 Set the types of parameters 4 The imported points are shown on the map now 8 6 Points colour assignment The colour of a point can be changed manually for a better overview With the functions visualisation and coverage the colour can be set based on a parameter for example Power SNR or Coverage brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 172 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 L T 8 6 1 How to Change the Colour of a Point manually 1 Open the edit window of a point like described in 8 3 2 for edit a single point or open the menu Points
35. brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 145 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S SSS 2 All radio units are listed at the top of the tab They can be activated or deactivated by a click on the checkboxes 7 2 6 3 How to Invert Activation 1 Open the Sites tab in the Project Explorer and take a right click on a radio unit 2 Select Activation gt Invert Activation New FM S Radio Edit Enter ml Ant 5 17 Radio Delete Delete M B Ant Create Copy Copy YP Sample S S te ae gt 5 Radio Change Multiple E E Ant Activation gt activate All v Radio Unit 2 ma inf Antenna 120 SS Seats All Pie L e G Radio Unit 3 of E Antenna 240 5 7 Y9 Sample Site 5 4 G Radio Unit 1 o hoM A Antenna n X Invert Activation A lt Figure 238 Site tab context menu for activation of a radio unit 3 After selecting Invert Activation all active radio units are deactivated and all deactivate radio units are activated 7 3 Sites If all radio units and antennas are created and or edited sites are needed to make the antennas and radio units work in the environment 7 3 1 How to Create Sites Creating sites is a main aspect of WiMAP 4G Radio units with antennas should be pre configured before creating sites 1 Choose Sites gt Create Site and choose either Empty Site or Preconfigured Site If the
36. lt In 1 0 istance gaa oom K niae re game Auto Range b Files of type all Files Cancel Figure 43 The plot can be saved as a png file After choosing the file path and file name click on Save to store the Terrain Profiler results in a png file 2 3 Customizing the Work Area There are settings in WiMAP 4G that make work easier These settings will be explained in this section Generally WiMAP 4G is designed for working on a large screen If that is not the case or the user works on a screen with a low resolution it is necessary to customize the program 2 3 1 Transfix the Windows The Project Explorer the Terrain Profiler and also the log and cursor window can be transfixed by clicking on When windows are transfixed they only expand getting focused by the mouse cursor This option can be reverted by only one mouse click on or choosing Window gt Reset Layout to reset all windows The window size can also be changed by simply fo ding the left mouse button on a border of a window to drag it to the desired size brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 37 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help D lt E tt T RABIN amp 4 ie hla WAS T eters eo OT tee ae A ee me k L i 1 ae A j Ba Milhertshofen L Z ae a
37. 000 81 8 0 006 94 2 0 000 690499 51 Figure 361 Comparison of the propagation models 10 5 The Site to Site Calculation The Site to Site Calculation feature calculates the pathloss between two antennas This can be useful to determine whether two antennas can cooperate in a specific area or not 10 5 1How to Make a Site to Site Calculation 17 There are a few requirements to make a site to site calculation successful Possibly the most common reason to get a bad result respectively no result in a site to site calculation is when both antennas use the same carrier Another source of errors is the angle between two antennas Cattell SE eiZ swis k p d r eg q X p T p Liga m i E E Bri Cai lll ole Epi Figure 362 Example for a site to site calculation 1 There are two possibilities to make a site to site calculation e Choose Calculation gt Site to Site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 217 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ton Themes Tools wiew Extras Window Area Field Strength Ctrl F Save Area Calculation Load Area Calculation Export 4rea Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 363 Start site to site calculation e Right click on a site on the map and choose Site to Site Calculation
38. 005 Browse Country S y 50 42 23 033 Browse State S z m District S Municipality v Colour a E Place v Colour W Change Transp 0 EZ Street Description Site ID Components Bi Radio Unit 1 SPE i Antenna 0 al cance Figure 247 The created antenna in the list 6 If all needed antennas have been created click on OK to place the site on the map J d PU Site 1 i J Figure 248 The created site on the map lt i 7 3 2 How to Edit Sites 1 Right click the desired site on the map or select the site in the Sites tab and choose Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 152 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Activation B S lt VN a l Radio Unit 1 of Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 i 2 Antenna 120 V amp Radio Unit 3 b vi Antenna 240 Delete Create Copy Change Multiple Rad Activation Z a Gh amp Radio unit 2 iA Antenna 120 Givi Radio Unit 3 x Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type MV Antenna 0 a Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Antenna 0 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Antenna 0 MyNewSite Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella i Antenna 0 testi Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella A
39. 1 500 691633 46 5335854 17 1 500 691617 95 5335815 14 1 500 691602 44 5335776 10 1 500 691588 04 5335739 86 1 500 691572 53 5335700 83 1 500 691852 78 5336406 20 1 500 691837 27 5336367 16 1 500 691822 87 5336330 92 1 500 691807 36 5336291 89 1 500 691791 85 5336252 85 1 500 691561 47 5335672 98 1 500 691533 54 5335683 93 1 500 691245 85 5335796 68 1 500 691206 74 5335812 01 1 500 691170 43 5335826 24 1 500 691131 33 5335841 56 1 500 691092 22 5335856 89 1 500 691055 91 5335871 12 1 500 691016 81 5335886 45 1 500 690980 50 5335900 68 1 500 690944 19 5335914 91 1 500 690905 08 5335930 24 1 500 690865 98 5335945 56 1 500 690829 67 5335959 79 1 500 690790 56 5335975 12 1 500 691480 47 5335704 73 1 500 690717 94 5336003 58 1 500 690678 84 5336018 91 1 500 691469 30 5335709 10 1 500 690603 42 5336048 46 1 500 690564 32 5336063 79 1 500 690528 01 5336078 02 1 500 690488 90 5336093 35 1 500 690449 80 5336108 67 1 Enn cNNaAt1Ee 10 996191 OF a Elevation cadastral Zz B 5i R S 5 S i Si 5 Bi 5 S 5 a 5 5 a Bie 5 x 5 S xs Si Bi Bike 5 Sh a 5 5 SR Gi Bin R 5 5 Si 5 5 5 Bi Sins S c S Clients E Link Budget Figure 49 All used points will be shown in a list A right click on a point offers the possibilities to create edit or delete a point The little icons in the right upper corner allow export and calculation of the po
40. 10 3 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 ee icerisine En o E ENEE E ee 201 10 3 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model sss 202 10 3 1 5 AAE AN OP e E tog nce nd snes ec cee a sts one na wae pee epee 203 10 4 THE POINT FIELD STRENGTH CALCULATION sscsccacestvtensessncaiancuneanteatuiansuciuecuseotncedtheepeesssatmowmeaiecees 204 10 4 1 Howto Make a Point Field Strength Calculation cccccsccccccssesecccnesececscsseseceeseceseeseeeees 206 10 4 1 1 UGS LIVE WCE IV OCC T 207 10 4 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model sss sse 209 10 4 1 3 With the ITU R li ee 211 10 4 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model sss 212 10 4 1 5 UTS Ea TO Doca a e E E E E ceeceearveewsaance 213 10 4 1 6 General Settings eee ee eee eee 214 10 4 2 Compare all Propagation MOeIS cccccsesecccseseeccceesecccsusecescuesecsceesecessuseeseseusesessseeenes 214 10 4 2 1 How to Use all Propagation Models for a Point Field Strength Calculation sss sese eee eee 214 10 5 VE SE Len GC I s Le UT 217 10 5 1 Howto Make a Site to Site Calculation sss sss sees eee 217 10 6 THE COVERAGE HERE aE raia Had E EE E T aiai Oae Taar rT 219 10 6 1 How to Create a Coverage Theme ccccccsesecccceeeeecceesececsusececsuesececeusecessuseessseusesesauseeeeas 220 10 7 THE BEST SERVER HERE aaa Ea Eaa EE ZAL EEE 223 10 7 1 Howto Create a Best Server Theme sse eee eee eee 223 10 8 THE CARRIER TO INTERFERER THEME eaZ 45 naa 9 pereen cee dceusseesanen sere seos ucesnsaneaedoepesendanre d
41. 2 2 5 4 Terrain Profiler Export Features Export functions are available for the Terrain Profiler too Results can be printed or exported for other applications or presentations A ght mouse click on the Terrain Profiler tab opens the menu window containing the possibilities to Print or Save the Terrain Profiler results Save as Print oom In Elevation Building resnel Z Pathlos zoom Out Auto Range Figure 41 A plot can be saved or printed By clicking on Print the printer window opens Properties ap ssojujed Save 35 Papier z Gro e A4 v Print ma m oom In d Orientierung R nder mm zoom Out K Hochformat Links 25 4 Rechts 25 4 Querformat Oben 25 4 Unten 25 4 Auto Range Figure 42 The printer window brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 36 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning s operations support systems po 5 S o Depending on the installed Java version the window can have different looks but settings are the same After choosing the desired settings a click on OK opens the printer menu Printing can be started Another way to export the Terrain Profiler results is the Save as option which allows the user to store the plot as an image file on his hard drive a Save in J Bibliotheken E R 0 50 o Properties a Save as 0 25 Print 0 00 0 5
42. 263 12 3 2 How to Make a Radio Unit COLUSA ccccccseseeccceesecccnesececcuesececuesecetsusecseseesesesseseeetas 264 12 3 3 How to Make an Antenna COLUSA csccccccseseececeesececcesececcuesececeusecessuseesesuusesetaseeseas 265 1234 Howto Makea POINT COIQUIEG sceicco aE EE EENS 265 13 ONK BUDGET sieurs eE E EE 266 13 1 HOW TO MAKE A LINK BUDGET CALCULATION sese ee eee eee 267 bE MONU sorserien EEE AEAEE EA OE 268 13 1 2 Automatically by Using the Terrain Profilef sss sees sees eee eee 268 14 SOVE E E E E EA O E OS 272 14 1 HOW TO CREATE A3 D AT a T 272 14 2 NAVIGATE THE 3D VIEW sss svec sox gg soa sannan ennan naan nanna neeaaea eana n aeanoea avas 273 1421 Navigation r see T 274 14 3 EXPORTA S WW acess E H TEH H A 275 14 3 1 How to Exporta 3D VIeW css ssss esec ee eee eee 275 15 GLOSSARY ears creases EE E AAE SE E EA 276 16 PA E E E E E A A AE EE 281 16 1 1 WAACIS aiL T lt T eT 281 16 1 2 Does WiIMAP 4G supports 64 bit operating SYSTCINS T sss sees eee eee 281 16 1 3 Which languages does WIMAP 4G SUDPOST cccccceesecccsesececcesececeuseceesesecseseesesesseseeetes 281 16 1 4 Dol have to be online to use WIMAP A4GP ccsseccccssesecccsesececsuesececesecessuseceesuesesesseseeeeas 281 16 1 5 What file formats does WIMAP 4G support cccccceesecccsesececceeececeesecesseeecessuesesssaeseeeees 281 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 8 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e p
43. 320 has a 50 chance receiving a signal which can be demodulated with QAM 64 To change the model parameters or the standard coverage probability see chapter 3 1 2 2 3 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 191 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o The resolution of the calculation can be set to or meter Higher means higher precision whereas the value in m needs to be low for higher precision Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation It can take hours or even days if the project is large So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overlooked jalcatel lucent WLAN B 1_24GHz WLAN _BS2_SGHz Figure 321 A field strength area calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 resolution absolute 5 m 10 2 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model The CORLA Raylauncher settings which can be made during a field strength area calculation are limited First of all the precision in X Y direction and in Z direction can be set in meter Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is large So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than
44. 5 GHz Channel 120 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 124 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 128 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 132 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 136 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 140 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 148 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 152 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 156 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 160 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 164 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 168 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX Channel 1 lower band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 1 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 10 lower band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 10 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 11 lower band WIMAX 5490 000 5510 000 5530 000 5570 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 5670 000 5690 000 5730 000 5750 000 5770 000 5790 000 5810 000 5830 000 5850 000 3510 000 3410 000 3573 000 3473 000 3580 000 Figure 232 List of carriers 5510 000 5530 000 5550 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 5670 000 5690 000 5710 000 5750 000 5770 000 5790 000 5810 000 5830 000 5850 000 5870 000 3517 000 3417 000 3580 000 3480 000 3587 000 S ae 3 Select one or more carrier to import and click on Add for instance the WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 Name Radio Unit 1 Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Colour WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 Col
45. E a 81 4 2 1 How to Import an Elevation Model sss sss s eee eee 81 4 2 2 How to Reload an Elevation Model from Web sss sees eee eee 82 A3 BACKGROUND IMAGE TTT 83 4 3 1 How to Import a Background IMAGE sss sss sss sees eee 84 4 4 EQCAIION INA TT 84 4 4 1 How to Import a Location Jmage 1nmdges sss sss sese 85 4 4 2 How to View a Location Jnmage 1nmgges sss sss sss sees 87 4 4 3 How to Delete a Location IMAGC IMAGES e sss sese 88 4 4 4 How to Import as Background Jnmgge sss sese sees eee eee 89 SB BULDING sernir E E 91 aL RE EUG EE E E E E E EE A E tits 92 5 1 1 How to Create BUN OINOS aariin enn en E E AAEE NOOA EEOAE EE 92 512 Advanced BUGIS setra arasi eE E S AE T OAE AE 96 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 4 of 297 6 7 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 1 2 1 How to Create Courtyard or Similar in Buildings sss see eee 96 5 1 2 2 How to Add Intersecting Buildings sss eee eee eee 97 Se S e r BD UEDINGS oenn E E E E A A E E E 99 5 2 1 FIOW sea rde lel 99 sr 4 61 gt 0B Cis eens tener ner ere enc E errant eer EA 99 5 3 1 How to Export Buildings serisini AE AE EAEE REE 100 e IMPORT BULDING cennari E E eet actsveeyace neste 100 5 4 1 How LOMMDOLE BUNGINGS i ceissvcisdecsniinexovnnsauieraeddnnsebendelexsoateasobandenseoedcansobesdanteidstsuntencsendess 100 5 5 CREATE BUILDINGS USING CADASTRAL DATA PROFESSIONAL EDITION 0sscccccccsseeceeeeeesee
46. Edition users the calculation cannot be more precise than calculation Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Erceg Model Type Erceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Columns e Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level l Calculate Field Strength Ie Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz cancel Figure 347 Choose the type that fits the situation The coverage probability has to be set It can be set to a standard value in the WiMAP 4G settings The function of that value is a little bit tricky to understand It describes the chance that considering all circumstances a specific point receives the calculated field strength in real terms The coverage is always based on probability theory and cannot be guaranteed 100 of the time This probability may be affected by weather or atmospheric conditions For high frequency carriers the weather can make the little difference between a working and a useless signal The temperature is able to affect the coverage too Depending on this it is always recommended to set this value not too low The calculation result may look very nice in theory but in reality none of the customers may receive a satisfying signal A good result with a high value as for example 70 is a good basis for a real project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 208 of 297 broadband wireless netwo
47. Field St Move Down LZ Cancel Figure 359 Columns for all propagation models 4 Click on OK close all windows and return to the project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 215 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems IDOSS EEE 5 Choose Calculation gt Point Field Strength Calculation and make a calculation for every model Make sure to choose the right column at the bottom of the window and start the calculations Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Erceg Model Type Erceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Columns e Calculate Power Level Power Level Column erceg power e Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column lerceg field e Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier V Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Calculation Category Potential Customer Model CORLA Raylauncher Resolution X Y m 3 000 Resolution 2 m 3 000 Point Extent multiple of Resolution xA 1 Working Directory Temp radiation8357289087596807164tmp Columns e Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Corla power e Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column Corla field e Use Height AGL Column Height 4GL Column Height Carrier MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Calculation Category Potential Custom
48. Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 261 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name _ OpenStreetMap Background Images Elevation Visualisation Visibility Visualisation Calculation Buildings Elevation Model Regions Isolines Isolines Labels Measurements Building Heights f SJU S S S SS SS SS Site Labels PNT Measurement PNT New Category Clients Antennas Sites Line based Calculation Cursor Point Debug v Legend D ha v v v v J v v S v Figure 439 Right click on Layers Tab 3 Choose Activate to activate the desired layers or the other way around Enter the layers at the Start With field which should be activated deactivated and click OK Layers Activate Deactivate Start With C Calculation Clients Clients Labels Cursor Point Figure 440 Filter Activation dialogue window brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 262 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 12 3 Colour Sites antennas and points can be coloured for a better overview Changing the colour of a site leads to a colour change of all radio units and antennas of the selected site lt i 12 3 1How to Make a Site coloured 1 Open the setting of a site or create a new site ID Name Site 1 Position x 6 55 59 984 Browse Coun
49. Menu cccscccsecsecrcecsecrcnceearcesuearsusuearsesnearsuseearseseeares 185 Figure 310 Edit clients in the clients tab sss ss sss sese e sese esen ennenen 185 Figure 311 Choose the client and click ON Edit esse see eee 185 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 293 of 297 6 Figure 312 Assign clients to the nearest Site s ss ss sss sese sss sese sees senenn ennaa neee 186 Figure 313 Context Menu Of a client css sse eee e e eee ee eee 186 Figure 314 Terrain Profile between client and site s css s sese seer 187 Figure 315 Invalid client ON the map sss sese sees eee e eee eee 187 Figure 316 Invalid client in the clients tab sss sees seene 187 Figure 317 Make a field strength area CalCulatiOn ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeneaes 189 Figure 318 Field strength area calculation settings for the Erceg MmoOdel ccscsceeeeeeees 190 Figure 319 Calculation with Erceg model Type A sese seene 191 Figure 320 50 Coverage probability ss s eee e e eee eee 191 Figure 321 A field strength area calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 resolution absolute 5 m es ss ese eee e eee eee 192 Figure 322 Field strength area calculation settings for CORLA Raylauncher sceseeee 193 Figure 323 Field strength area calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 cc s seene 193 Figure 324 A field strength area calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientat
50. T 71 Tolerance Radius mm 10 0 ae lr P ig V Stop For Closed Polygons E E aah e cage Sl eg Coordinates ar ee a L GEL X From 719932 34 X To 721076 32 pt S LU d REA d CS ed Sif Y From 5504390 58 Y To 5504768 02 Figure 165 Import settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 101 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 There are advanced settings for imports too Decide what happens in case new buildings intersect old buildings in the replacement options Replacement options e Take new building Old buildings will be overwritten if new buildings intersect them e Take new building with old height Old buildings will be overwritten by new but they keep their height e Keep existing building Old buildings cannot be overwritten The exact coordinates of the cadastral data position is needed to place the buildings on the right position of the map After filling in all the needed information click on OK to create the buildings All the buildings in the building layer are created Figure 166 Buildings created from cadastral data 5 6 Create Buildings Using CORINE Professional Edition Creating buildings with CORINE data is a feature of the Professional Edition The CORINE Land Cover is a project established by the European Environment Agency to classify a computerized inventory of the land cover in European countries
51. Units faster sees eee 144 7 2 6 Activate or Deactivate Radio Uns sss sees eee 144 7 2 6 1 How to Activate or Deactivate Radio Units at ONCE ccecccccssseeccccssececceeeececseeeceesueeeceesauseceesaeaeseesaees 145 7 2 6 2 How to Activate or Deactivate Radio Units manually sese eee ee eee 145 7 2 6 3 POW OMNI PCT Te TT 146 Pa ES peters en src sce ctr asco oe vate tec es vcs seo ce oles oe st EE seein E sus eeeace ne tnaees 146 7 3 1 HOW TO COATS TT 146 E c eL e e T ac EOSen EEE ee PC en PS et ane AAE eee 152 7 3 3 FLOW CO CODY TT 154 7 3 4 Activate or Deactivate SITCS cccecccesccesecesecesecensccnsccusceueccusccseceeseceesesensesesssesssesssegses 156 7 3 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate all Sites at ONCE cesses 156 7 3 4 2 How to Activate or Deactivate Sites Manually eee eee eee eee 157 S POINTS sins vsinsicercs cincuicen scrunaate cans ancy ances saan nates gins E 158 Seat VIE SUREMENT POINTS roces E E EET A 158 Dee PONT CATEGORIE oe E E EE EEEE A AS 160 8 2 1 How to Edit POINE aerate le 161 8 2 2 How to Create a Point Category sss sss sese eee 162 Do GREATE eh CT 164 8 3 1 HOW O CCS II E E E EE 164 83A HOW FO EGIE Single POTS eosina EEE EEEE 166 8 3 3 Howto Edit Multiple POINTS ccccceccccccsesecccsesecscceseccccesecsesesecsseueseceseusecessuseessseeseseseees 167 ar PONTA IVANON erre ETE 168 8 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate POINTS cccecccecccssccesccnsccesccesecenccnecenecanecanecsuesauesan
52. View Extras Window Help Ex coverage ES pega Be Best Server gt Display Isoline St Carrier To Interferer gt a baz a Export To Clipboard wx Power Level b pes S l Points Colour t As Image Sub Carrier Interference fs Bee Field Strength gt Seige mene Sie fate H As KML fe Elevation gt eS z e Elevation Building Visibility gt gic Nr cilia ai Clear Figure 420 Submenu for elevation export 3 Choose the export format To Clipboard To Clipboard As Image ict As Image As ASCII Grid Pro As ASCII As KML As KML Isoline As MIF Pro Isoline As MIF Isoline As KML Pro Isoline As KML E N Figure 421 Available export themes formats left Professional Edition right Community Edition e To Clipboard The actual map will be copied in the system buffer like a screenshot and can be worked on Paint for example e As Image The actual map will be saved in a png or jpg file brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 249 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems File Compression 0 C Export To Clipboard Configuration Plain Image C Labeled With Antenna Information Resize 100 00 Resolution 100 00 oe carat Figure 422 Export settings by export as image e As ASCII Grid not for Elevation Export to ASCII requires a Professional license The ASCII grid format
53. WITH DESIRED MIMO ANTENNAS ee e e e 253 10 16 1 Howto Create a Power Level Theme with Desired MIMO Antennd 1 scceeeseeeee 253 11 TS UNE S aea E yeseoweeveneeesasunestsweuonsnyaccsmecsane 255 11 1 THAENE US OMNIS TET 255 Di TOW toCreate Theme Solines vac cocadaretcactepatecstusidesataieueanseueieasine tueantusGeataterwueinoaveeieeneciee 255 11 2 ELEVA NON Lail 257 11 2 1 How to Create Elevation lIsolines sss eee eee eee eee 257 11 3 MOUNE D PORE osa E cree rere eee cere et eee eee erie ere ee ere 258 11 3 1 How to Export Isolines as MIE sse 259 11 3 2 How to Export Isolines as KML sss eee 259 12 ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS iisessccsvensnsssuscevexisecenesasvecnavesvenseaurasvastewsenessnvenbcvavwensestenievasveieates 261 12 1 SHOW ON GOOGLE MAPS sxdccccssucsccsissudncedstetgotasnntondwewstoas seadosnavexdssendenssnanwansiaesseeduaudvensacanoeds 261 12 1 1 Howto Use the function SHOW ON Google MAPS cccccsesececcneseccceesecessseceeceeseceeseseeeees 261 12 2 ACTIN ATION DEACTIVATION ossiesesiesaesiiieranantnicesenabee tose viesioanianity anaanbnieed sadeusen vena aautunetysasanvbeesseteeniwns 261 12 2 1 Howto Activate und Deactivate LAVESS ccccccesscccsssccceseccceseesensescesecsceseceeeseesensessanses 261 12 3 OLR irc ctrn recede ener tag ee teen deat ccc eae uote tua tte ceases A ons cancearenrtesateeeans 263 12 3 1 How to Make a Site COIOUrE cccccseeeccccesecccceecccceusececcuseesesueseseceusecessuseesssuesesetsseeetas
54. WLAN 5 GHz Channel 132 WLAN 5 GHz 5650 000 5670 000 7 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 136 WLAN 5 GHz 5670 000 5690 000 Edit WLAN 5 GHz Channel 140 WLAN 5 GHz 5690 000 5710 000 l s s WLAN 5 GHz Channel 148 WLAN 5 GHz 5730 000 5750 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 152 WLAN 5 GHz 5750 000 5770 000 Import C WLAN 5 GHz Channel 156 WLAN 5 GHz 5770 000 5790 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 160 WLAN 5 GHz 5790 000 5810 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 164 WLAN 5 GHz 5810 000 5830 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 168 WLAN 5 GHz 5830 000 5850 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 WLAN 5 GHz 5850 000 5870 000 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band WIMAX 3510 000 3517 000 WiMAX Channel 1 upper band WIMAX 3410 000 3417 000 WiMAX Channel 10 lower band WIMAX 3573 000 3580 000 WiMAX Channel 10 upper band WIMAX 3473 000 3480 000 WiMAX Channel 11 lower band WIMAX 3580 000 3587 000 CZ l Figure 173 Click Edit to show a list of all carriers 2 To create a new carrier click New and select the desired carrier type To edit a carrier type double click it or choose it and click on Edit A carrier can be deleted by selecting it and click Delete brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 108 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems N ae t mnn KT eR es CAUT HOO Name v Technology Frequency From Frequency To Backhaul 38 GHz Backhaul 37500 000 39500 000 Backhaul 7 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Chann
55. WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 21928667 17 pl SIDIOS AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 21928667 18 pil SID1OS AF1 86 amp WLAN SGH Z 6 776615 31l 21928667 Figure 256 Supported csv file with measurement information A measurement file can be imported by a normal import of points look at 8 5 3 But there is a little difference Each measurement point gets his own point so that one point can overlap another point After an import it should be checked if the imported carrier is existing brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 158 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems If this carrier does not exist the carrier must be created With the function Points gt Edit multiple look at 8 3 3 it is also possible to change the carrier to an available carrier EE EL ay Ez X 7 u XY gt soy V R Friedhof M W l uer V r a W ME DORE LA E josef RA R oira W N X teh y ot o T DA eet r es C3 711 AV A gr L GAN i VG E N a C l wl i AAA S W p ee T on A Meee T L i N H WT x T Kaz Bs E t eee l o 1 z 9 gt 4 D f U U i Bane GHS Da Giovanni on BeueliRathatss f Cone fApotheke Y AAA ZU alten Figure 257 Measurement points from a measurement without colour information If there is no colour information in the csv file all points are black The colour can be set by the functions coverage and or visualisation look at 8 6 2 a
56. WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 166 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S D The points in the point tab are shown by category The right point category needs to be selected to show the desired point in the list 2 In the appearing window edit the columns of the point and click on OK to save the Changes Name Point1 x 367181 80 Y 5623184 41 Z m Power dBm 45 000 SNR dB 17 000 Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Height m 2 000 Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Colour B Change Transp 0 Coverage _ Cancel Figure 274 Edit the desired fields 8 3 3 How to Edit Multiple Points 17 Points can also be edited in groups which means that a value can be set for all members of a point category This could be very useful if a value of a whole group has to be changed for example the power level 1 Choose Points gt Edit Multiple Change Only active points All points Category Measurement Column Carrier Value WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 lt oF F Carrier List 3Hz Channel 1 cance Figure 275 Edit multiple points at once 2 Choose the desired point category and choose either all points to be edited or only active points Choose a column that should be edited for all members of the point category and insert a new value Click on OK to save the changes brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 167 of 297 broa
57. a few settings ss cce e eee eee ee eee e eee 125 Editor with attenuation parameters sees eee ee e ee eee e eee eee 126 Save the new file aS mS css sees ses eee eee eee seene eenn 127 EXPO re nn Cae er ern ne er ete eee er eer ee ee er ee eee eee 127 ADOAIN O soe eee renarena EEEE EEEE EEEE EE 128 Dialogue for setting the decimal separator ccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaes 128 Imported antennas shown up on the map with their corresponding sites 128 Linna EEES DE E E E E E E TT 129 yee Teh a A A E A E 129 Log information for the current ImpOt sss sx s ee eee e ee eee e ee eee eee 129 Log with warning MESSAGE sees eee eee eee ee eee e e eee 130 The sites TAD 2 ccecsesececseareecnenececnenecusnenecesnenecesnenseuseenseuseenseusuensensueunansegags 130 Invert activation Of AN ANTENNA css eee eee ee eee e e eee e ee eee eee 131 Context menu for filter activation sss s e eee e e eee e e e eee eee 132 SIS le r UT T A E E T 132 Site settings with invalid antennag sees eee eee eee eee e e eee eee 133 Site tab with invalid ANTENNAS sees eee ee eee e e eee e e eee e eee 133 Radio unit with invalid antennas sees eee eee ee e eee ee e ee eee e e eee 134 IIe Ese n Reeer ere EEEE EEEE 134 Log message about invalid antennas cs eee eee eee ee e ee eee e ee eee e eee eee 135 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 291 of 297 Figure 222 Figure 223 Figure 224 Figure 225 Figure 226 Figure 227 Figure 228 Figu
58. a pattern click Patterns gt Load Single Pattern If there are more than one pattern available for the same antenna Click Patterns gt Load Coupled Patterns Optional Data Maximum Power dBm 20 000 Patterns Load Single Pattern Load Coupled Patterns H Gain Adjust Parameters Figure 189 Load single or multiple patterns 5 Select a pattern which is either a mis or a dat or an adf file and click on OK If this is a valid pattern a line will be added in the attenuation table brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 117 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Patterns i a Attenuation Horz Attenuation Vert Gain Name Freq MHz Elect Pol 24 120 10 15 H 2442 000 0 000 Other Figure 190 A valid pattern 6 7he electrical downtilt for a pattern can be edited by selecting the pattern and clicking on OK A window appears and the downtilt can be changed for 45 and other Edit eal Electrical Downtilt O Polarization Other Direction Attenuation 0 000 0 000 1 000 0 010 2 000 0 030 3 000 0 080 4 000 0 130 5 000 0 200 6 000 0 280 7 000 8 000 9 000 fd canca Figure 191 Antenna attenuation If everything is edited and a pattern has been imported click OK to complete If there are any error messages follow the instructions from 1 6 If everything went
59. ah o i a A B L z 1 Ma 201 20T 20190405 1 52047 5 E 20150403 _153019 i ae 6 cR 20409 153314 3 h Figure 135 Imported location images are shown on the map brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 86 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems lt i 4 4 2 How to View a Location Image Images 1 Right click the desired location image on the map and click on Show r Se e Er 20150409 1 57242 201509 201509409 152047 Create Site Create Client Create Point Show in Google Maps Figure 136 Show a location image 2 Click Prev or Next button to browse the images or click Rotate Counterclockwise or Rotate Clockwise button to rotate them brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 87 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Q2QRQ QAR VA PR 0 9 E k api Rheind f i iR JET S US i 20150409_ se gees KR U R 20150409_1524 fey 20150409_152 lt gt 9 G 20150409_151958 C Location Images 20150409_151958 jpg 367692 64 S 5622660 66 Width 5312 Height 2988 Shoot date 2015 04 09 15 19 57 Figure 137 Browse or rotate location images 4 4 3 How to Delete a Location Image Images 1 Select Geodata gt Images gt Delete Project Geodata Carriers Ante
60. broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S D In the range tab at the bottom of the window the range value can be modified If there are no specific circumstances auto adjust range should be activated r Other Ticks Range Minimum range value Maximum range value Figure 34 The range tab All these settings also work for the range axis At last there is the appearance tab which contains settings to change the layout of the Terrain Profiler Title Plot other xY Plot Domain Axis Range Axis Appearance Genera I Outl trok l Select Outline paint S select Background paint ___ Select Orientation Vertical OK Cancel Figure 35 The appearance tab The outline stroke defines the thickness of the outline For changing the colour of the outline click on the Select button next to the Outline paint row and choose a desired colour The background paint defines the background colour of the plot itself Preferably pick a neutral colour like white in order to not interfere the overview The orientation of the plot can also be changed to vertical or horizontal The other tab offers the following additional settings Title Plot Other General MV Draw anti aliased Background paint SS 1 Sed Series Paint Series Stroke Series Outline Paint Series Outline Stroke Cancel Figure 3
61. can be imported by almost any GIS software e As KML The actual map will be saved in a kml file This file can be used in other programs like Google Earth 10 15 Clear and Delete Calculation Clearing the calculation and theme cache is a fundamental thing that has to be done regularly to keep an overview on the project There are a few possibilities to clear the calculation and theme cache or even to disable calculations or themes from time to time An important fact to keep in mind WiMAP 4G operates on different layers which can be activated or deactivated as desired Clearing the calculation and theme cache works for the following calculations e coverage theme e best server theme e cCarrier to interferer theme e power level theme e sub carrier interference theme e field strength theme e theme isolines brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 250 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e elevation isolines The clear cache feature does not work for the field strength area calculation L q 10 15 1 How to Clear the Calculation and Theme Layer 1 Choose Themes gt Clear Themes Tools View Extras Wini Coverage gt Best server M FR 4P Carrier to interferer 3 a x erry ger Power level Sub carrier interference Field strength gt E od v Elevation Elevation Building Visibility gt Clear Figure 423 Cl
62. carriers and click on OK to import these carriers If everything worked out successful the log shows the following information and the imported carriers are available now RAD import from C Users robert Desktop Neuer Ordner 3 example4 rad finished Figure 180 Log information for the current import brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 111 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Existing carrier will not be replaced Instead of replacing the log shows the following information Object WLAN 5 GHz Channel 156 UUID ea912e95 3251 440e 83c6 flecdefcdeSa already exists and has not been replaced Figure 181 Existing carriers cannot be replaced brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 112 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 Sites Radio Units and Antennas Sites are one of the most important things that WiMAP 4G depends on A project cannot be planned without sites because they are the main aspect of every calculation There are different types of sites radio units and antennas available and they have all their advantages and disadvantages An advanced knowledge of antenna types is useful to make projects succeed For example since the costs of each antenna type differ a project should not be expensive if that is not necessary So every user should make some investigations on sites ra
63. chapter 4 2 1 To make an elevation calculation see chapter 10 12 1 3 Choose Themes gt Elevation Display fsoline Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage gt Best server Carrier to interferer Sub carrier interference Field strength a v v v v K 2 a wx Power level nx te N _ Elevation gt amp Display Ctrl H Elevation Building Visibility gt Display Isoline Clear Export Figure 433 Create elevation isolines 4 The elevation isolines window opens and some adjustments have to be done brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 257 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Resolution m 10 000 Step Size m 10 000 Color W change Transp 0 W Remove existing isolines cancel Figure 434 Fill in the desired values Choose the resolution a more precise resolution takes more time to calculate but offers better results and the colour and transparency for the isolines The step size describes the difference between two isolines on the same environment in m If there is a height difference of 8 m all around the environment only one isoline will be shown while using the default 10 m With a step size of 2 m four different isolines will pop up for the same environment each of them for a different height level y G f ad i EA WiMAX BS1 512 658 535 044 ara TANO ron rt
64. click on the button Yes for all click on the button Other Figure 451 Adjust antennas select options brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 271 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 14 3D View With the 3 dimensional view impressing presentations can be done for various projects A 3D environment will be rendered for the actual project showing all objects that have been placed and all calculations that have been done in the project This is useful to get a good overview about the real look It is also possible to determine potential problems with the 3D view 14 1 How to Create a 3D View 1 Choose View gt Create 3D View View Extras Window Help Save View Ctrl V Restore View K Undo View Change Ctrl Z West Translation Alt Left North Translation Alt Up East Translation Alt Right South Translation Alt Down e Center Cursor Point Alt Home Q Zoom in Alt Page Up Q Zoom Out Alt Page Down GS Show All Alt End C Autocenter Selection Create 3D View Figure 452 Create a 3D view The 3D view window opens and the actual project will be shown in 3D Every calculation can be shown in a 3D model so feel free to make a few calculations before creating a 3D view This will give you a much better view Problems can be also determined much better with the corresponding calculation shown in the 3D view Plot Navig
65. data is more precise than creating them because the cadastral data is a professional product made by engineers OpenStreetMap which is mostly used to get an impression where to create buildings is an open project and therefore not immune against individual caused errors lt i 5 5 1 How to Create Buildings Using Cadastral Data Assuming that cadastral data has been loaded and contains a building layer 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Create from Cadastral Data Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients L Elevation Model og u Oo a alli Buildings t Load Buildings Maps j Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Ca dastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 164 Create buildings from cadastral data 2 Choose the layer that contains the structures in the appearing window Choose the structure depending on the available building classes The last important information is the structure height The height of 8 m is default and should be used if the user is not sure how high the buildings are gt Create Buildings From Cadastral Data Layer VEC 0 x Class Forrest Building Height m 8 000 Replacement Choose how to handle replace if a newly extracted building overlaps an old one Replacement Take New Building Take New Building With Old Height eae te i we be C Keep Existing Building enn Err a Beas 4 L Advanced Options EF S a i L
66. depending on the terrain conditions Terrain Type Path loss exponent City with shadowing effects Buildings without line of sight Table 1 Path loss exponent e Exponential Law brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 54 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations s planning e operations support systems po S S D o Calculates the path loss with the exponential law To use this option a path loss factor is required The standard path loss should only be changed by experienced users The Elevation Model Attenuation can be set to a specific value to take account of obstacles like buildings and mountains or other line of sight interference The value depends on the structure and its physical conditions With the help of frequency dependent parameters it is possible to create profiles for every frequency in separate Building intersection can be included in calculations at the bottom It influences the calculation of a project in city areas and considers the fact that structures could stand in line 3 1 2 2 1 1 How to Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Free Space Propagation 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Empirical Models gt Free Space Propagation p General Calculation i Theme E Ey Empirical Models bs ITU R P 1411 3 bs Erceg Model Figure 72 Choose free space propagation model 2 At the bottom of the window click Add Frequency Dependent Parameters
67. eee ee ee ee ee eee 182 9 2 1 Howto Creal a 182 C DIN t 12 0 S saer EE EE AE IE EE EAE 184 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 6 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 9 3 1 FVOW COME GUE G1 IC T 184 94 ASSICNCHOENTS TO e T 186 9 4 1 HOW to eleien 186 9 5 HOW TO USE THE TERRAIN PROFILER FOR CLIENT TO SITE ses ees ex e eee 186 g0 INVAUD CHENT Se scacigetecensetcen T T S becnceateencases teers ccaedecesn acs 187 10 CALCULATIONS AND THEMES scscaccwsccsccsaseucaveccedsuenmnsedextancsacuverescnwswsesuaqvoncedeugeneiestioecneatees 188 10 1 CALCULATIONS AND THEME TYPES carrannan 188 10 2 THE FIELD STRENGTH AREA CALCULATION asses ss eee ee eenn ennenen nene 189 10 2 1 Howto Make a Field Strength Area Calculation cccccccsesccccseesecccnesecesseseeseceeseceeaeseeeees 189 10 2 1 1 With the Erceg VIO Cli TTT 190 10 2 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher MOE a a araog SEENA hanad Eae hrane 192 10 2 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model sss sss sees 193 10 2 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model sss 194 10 2 1 5 UTS RS a a TT 195 10 2 1 6 ET a SY Rel 196 10 3 THE COUENT COVERAGE CALCULATION sosicescerceztointceswisevneetvevens EEEE EEEE 196 10 3 1 Howto Make a Client Coverage Calculation sss sees eee eee 197 10 3 1 1 With the Erceg ee I scsceiaccsisseneeeseecunadstideapenasidnssaneeana AEE OENE OEE E ONEA ONEONE 198 10 3 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model sss see 200
68. f a 7 5829 0 4232a 0 0037a 2 Ground Diffraction a0 0 0000 ai 0 0000 a2 0 0000 Results in function f a 0 0000 0 0000a 0 0000a 2 Load Default Load From File Save Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 85 The CORLA Model Parameters tab At the bottom of the window it is possible to import a model parameter file in the actual project This enables the user to share configuration files between projects The actual brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 62 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S ae configuration can also be saved by clicking on Save Furthermore it is possible to set the configuration to the default parameters by clicking on Load Default O Do not change CORLA parameters if you are not 100 sure what you are I doing Since the CORLA Raylauncher is not developed by brown iposs further information can only be gathered from TNC The WiMAP 4G product support info brown iposs eu will open the contact on request 3 1 2 4 WinProp WinProp is for propagation modeling in different scenarios like rural indoor and outdoor In this version only click on Rural The Dominant Path Model which is included in WinProp calculates the path loss on the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing i gt Project Properties General WinProp Calculation The
69. fine the new antenna can be used while creating sites 7 1 2 Editing Antennas Sometimes antennas need to be edited The next chapter will explain how to edit an antenna setting 7 1 2 1 How to Edit Antennas 1 Open a site or radio unit like in 7 3 2 or 7 2 2 select an antenna or right click the desired antenna in Sites tab and click on Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 118 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems We Me e ve ge Y Data Site 1 5 M VM Site 1 9 Radio Unit 1 i Radio Unit 1 S D a E M Radio New Insert M Radio Unit 2 An Edit Ent t l Antenna 120 Radio Radio Unit 3 v An Delete Delete i antenna 240 Create Copy Copy Change Multiple gt Activation gt Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type ID Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type x New Insert Antenna 120 Site 1 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorac V Antenna 120 Sit ji ILAB 120 00 Stella Dorac Antenna 240 Site 1 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorac V Antenna 240 Sit 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorac Delete Delete Create Copy Copy Change Multiple Antennas Activation en Layers Points amp alculat _axElev
70. gt Assign colour to edit multiple points 2 Select Colour gt Change for editing only active points left for editing all points right select Colour gt Change manually and click on Change Now a window with a colour palette will be open Name Pont Browse x 367181 80 Browse th 5623164 41 Browse Z m Power dBm 45 000 jomp 7 Points Set Change Colour SNR dB 17 000 Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Height m 2 000 Category Measurement Colour Change manually Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Colour E Change Transp 0 Coverage __Cancel_ Figure 286 left Edit single point right Edit multiple points 3 Click on OK to close the colour palette and to apply the selected colour C ick on OK again to close and apply the settings in the edit window 8 6 2 Change Colour of Points temporary by Visualisation tab The Visualisation tab changes the colour of points based on the category parameter and the colouring In this tab only those parameters can be selected which have colour as a trait The colouring of a parameter can be set at Edit categories gt Edit a selected category gt Edit a selected Parameter gt Colouring gt Eait or New 8 6 3 Change Colour of Points by Coverage tab For colouring with the coverage each point must be activated for this function This works by editing a point Eait gt Co our gt Coverage or by activating mul
71. in the Project Explorer and click on 23 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 235 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems WIV Site 1 B M Radio Unit 1 Antenna 0 WJ Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2 V Antenna 120 I Radio Unit 3 V Antenna 240 Site 2 016 Radio Unit 1 WJ Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 TEA Antenna 210 Antenna 240 Figure 398 Creating a sub carrier interference theme from calculation tab e Choose the Calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Sub Carrier Interference Cu Be Ge Z Be ox 16 2015 01 28 21 03 27 VU Site 1 G Radio Unit 1 V Antenna 0 MA Antenna 10 CS An Ce Coverage v Radio 26 an B Best Server Site 2 amp amp Carrier To Interferer M Radio nax WEB An Power Level Radio M An Field Strength Display sub carrier interference theme 8 An Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Radio A an Figure 399 Creating a sub carrier interference theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The sub carrier interference theme window opens brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 236 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Se Theme C Use antennas as activated
72. label standards if necessary The size of pixel and labels can be changed in the submenu medium Label size can be changed between 0 5 and 30 mm variably The pixel size should only be changed if presentation errors occur It is possible to change position and visibility of the legend in the submenu Legend brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 38 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 4 The Project Explorer The Project Explorer combines every object used in the actual project for a quite good overview Each created edited or imported case can be found in the Project Explorer for detailed actions Activation Ve Me L Me me Y Data lt le UP Site 1 4 e Radio Unit 1 v Antenna 0 SBS Gi Radio Unit 2 v Antenna 120 v Gi Radio Unit 3 v Antenna 240 ID Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type v Antenna 0 Site 1 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorac v Antenna 120 Site 1 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorac v Antenna 240 Site 1 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorac Th Layers Points fCalculat a Elevatio Cadastra Clients E Link Bud Figure 45 The Project Explorer The following tabs can be found in the Project Explorer e Sites e Layers e Points e Calculation e Elevation model e Cadastral data e Clients e Link budget calculation
73. m HAGL m 1 500 2 l 1 16 Scale 1 27549 19 N Adjust Parkstadt Bogenhaus V Base2_5GHz_Seki v Base2_5GHz_5ek3 v Sasel_Seki WMAX 851 K Z Baset_Sek2 WMAX 8S1 Y Sasel_Sek2 WLAN_851_2 4GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 vV Base2_5GHz_Sek3 WLAN_8S2_5GHz Base3_Sekl WLAN_8S3_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 Radio Unit Carrer Radio Unit 1 WIMAX Channel 1 lower band 21 Y Baseli Seki WLAN _551_ 2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 Project Explorer Radio Unit 2 WIMAX Channel 2 lower band 21 Radio Unit 3 WIMAX Channel 3 lower band 1 das po vV Basel _Sek3 WIMAX 8S1 2 E h S v Baset_Sek3 WLAN_851_2 4GHz Radio Unt 3 WLAN 2 4 Griz Channel 7 14 Base2_5GHz_Sekl WLAN_852_5GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 14 Y Base2_SGHzZ_Sek2 WLAN_8S2_5GH2 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 i4 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 5 Griz Channel 104 14 Cursor Point Figure 19 Graphical user interface work area Sites o Layers Ponts Giat Elevato ades dents E unk Bud At the Project Explorer different views can be chosen Almost all functions can be reached within one or two mouse clicks The Project Explorer is on the right side and offers the following views e Sites e Layers e Points e Calculation e Elevation models e Cadastral data brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 25 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e pl
74. model to get the best results possible The Terrain Profiler cannot work properly without an elevation model Field Strength The field strength is the quantitative expression of an electric field on a specific point The unit is volt per meter V m The strength of the electric field depends on brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 277 of 297 I 6 many factors especially the transmission power the distance between station and receiver and inferences between those With these parameters the field strength can also differ on the same location probably influenced by weather effects or vegetation To prevent malfunction WiMAP 4G always calculates the average achieved field strength All themes are based on a field strength calculation which needs to be made before calculating for example the power level or carrier to interferer Field Strength Area Calculation WiMAP 4G offers two different kinds of field strength calculations The field strength area calculation shows the field strength prognostic for every pixel in a huge area However the point field strength calculation offers a field strength prognostic for specific denoted points for example potential customer locations Geodata Geodata are computerized geographical information which can help the user to get a better overview of the environment and the buildings in the project area There are many types of geodata available on the internet Special data like elevation models
75. mouse button hold the button and drag the cursor to the desired position See the distance and angle difference beside the line that connects the start and target point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 29 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems i Ljevelingaweg Figure 23 Distance measurement tool The distance measurement tool can also be activated by choosing Tools gt Distance Angle Measurement 2 2 5 The Terrain Profiler The Terrain Profiler is a powerful feature which allows the user to take a snapshot of the environment and watch out for obstacles like mountains or buildings which could interrupt the signal of antennas or disrupt intervisibility The Terrain Profiler consists of two parts the tool itself that can be used to drag around the map and watch out for obstacles and the Terrain Profiler tab which shows the territory inside the dragged zone The Terrain Profiler basically works similar to the distance measurement tool except the additional tab that shows the territory 2 2 5 1 How to Use the Terrain Profiler 1 Click on the GJ button on the control bar to activate the Terrain Profiler tool Click on a desired point on the map hold the left mouse button and drag the cursor to the desired position See the distance and angle difference beside the line that connects the start and target point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 30 of
76. munich asc Sites E Layers Points xCalculat eadastra Y Clients E Link Bud Figure 124 The elevation model tab after importing elevation models 4 2 2 How to Reload an Elevation Model from Web 1 Choose Geodata gt Elevation Mode Load from Web Geodata Carers Antenna Types Sites Points _ Elevation Model gt Load from File Buildings 2 Load from Web ann es s x ap T a coum lear Figure 125 Reload elevation model from web The current elevation model will be replaced by the new one brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 82 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 Choose Replace to delete the old elevation model Do you want to replace your current elevation model The loaded elevation model will replace the current elevation model of your project l Cancel Figure 126 Replace the current elevation model 3 Choose the Radius for the new elevation model and decide whether the missing SRTM values should be added or not Load Elevation Model Radius x m ET Radius Y m 2500 000 M Fill missing SRTM values Cancel Figure 127 Choose Radius for the new model Click on OK to load the elevation model WiMAP 4G will automatically replace the old one 59 Lea z grar mg 1 rae E V MIS oeh daga L a E 1 KAE 9 UT mu k H c e E AIK S
77. of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Layer Name Import S Y One File Location Images Bonn_Beuel png Ie Use as Background Image Min X 366747 61 Min Y 5621396 68 Max X 36862261 Max Y 5623856 91 Format lt _ lt m n 0 OoOOooooo xrr File formats gif tif tiff png Copy File to project directory cancel Figure 142 The import as background image 3 Follow the steps described above like in 4 3 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 90 of 297 Buildings and wood are structures needed for detailed calculations Creating and or importing those structures is necessary to achieve exact calculations Every calculation is nearly useless if buildings and or wood have not been included There are different methods to create or import these structures they are explained in this chapter Figure 143 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation including buildings proximi Figure 144 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation without buildings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 91 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o 5 1 Create Buildings Create buildings is a matter of importance but it is not as easy as some users may think For a proper creation of structures the correct coordinates length and height should be known Create buildings whe
78. on the Terrain Exlorer with new colour To change multiple antennas look at chapter 7 1 4 For changing the colour of radio units look at chapter 7 2 5 12 3 4How to Make a Point coloured qi Look at chapter 8 6 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 265 of 297 13 Link Budget 6 Iposs The link budget is the account of all the losses and gains during a transmission inside the medium antennas cable etc The way to calculate the link budget basically is Received Power Transmitted Power Gains Losses WiMAP 4G offers many parameters for the link budget calculation and therefore the most precise result is guaranteed The following parameters can be adjusted Max Total Power Maximum power of the base station Max Pilot Power Maximum pilot power of the base station Power Splitter Loss Loss of splitter Antenna Gain Tx Antenna gain for the specific transmission vertical and horizontal tilt involved Cable Loss Tx The used cables loss Tx Loss The power which could get lost between two transmission points EIRP Equivalent isotropically radiated power the result Noise Density Noise power per unit of bandwidth Noise Figure Rx Difference between the output of the receiver and the output of an ideal receiver with same gain Signal Bandwidth Signal bandwidth from the carrier Rx Loss Receive loss between the stations Required C I The minimum desired C I Rx Sensitivity The minimum signal
79. or cadastral data can be imported and used in WiMAP 4G projects These data sometimes need to be purchased due to the high expense of creating them Therefore they are very precise and qualified to be used in WiMAP 4G to achieve better results Graphic Graphics in WiMAP 4G include all details associated with georeferenced display of background data network and calculation results These are displayed in the Project and Terrain Explorer and can be printed and plotted Isolines An isoline is drawn around an area that contains the same value of a parameter WiMAP 4G supports isolines for all calculation that have a graphical output Isolines can also be exported and imported in other programs that support the mif or kml format Layer WiMAP 4G works with layers That means that every information calculation structure is drawn or calculated in its own layer which can be activated respectively deactivated for a better overview The Project Explorer holds a tab called the layer tab This layer tab lists all the layers used in the current project and every layer can be checked or unchecked Every action or import adds a separate layer License A license is required for the Professional Edition It can be ordered at the WiMAP 4G product support Latest pricing information are available at www wimap 4g com Contact info brown iposs eu for more information and for ordering a license Log While making calculations with WiMAP 4G many different thi
80. point is covered with a specific power level and which station should be used to get a good signal It can also be used for customer presentations Clients can be arranged in different client profiles or newly created This makes sure that for example the user does not plan a project for customers which uses the 5 GHz technology with a 2 4 GHz technology It is more attracting for a customer to see everything work out fine with using the specific real values 9 1 Client Profiles As mentioned before the client profiles help the user to categorize customers in special groups that maybe only use a special technology like WiMAX or 5 GHz WLAN 9 1 1 How to Create Client Profiles 1 Choose Clients gt Edit Profiles Clients Link Calculation The Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Edit Profiles Close Figure 299 Create new client profiles brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 179 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 Choose New to create a new client profile Name Browse Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 Y Options Technology Generic OFDM Power dBm 46 990 Figure 300 Fill in all fields 3 Name the new profile and choose the specific antenna type technology and the power of the site If there are no antennas avail
81. power that is needed to create the required SNR the result Antenna Gain Rx Antenna gain TX of the corresponding station Cable Loss Rx Cable loss of the corresponding station Total available path loss Maximum path loss between stations Own source interference Interference from the sending antenna itself Own source interference margin Interference margin from the sending antenna itself Fast fading margin Margin required to compensate fades Log normal fading margin Margin to guarantee coverage probability Indoor Loss Loss caused by walls or vehicles Environmental Loss Loss caused by the environment brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 266 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Performance Gains Performance gains added with special antennas or configurations e Max permitted propagation loss Result of total available path loss and dimensioning parameters e Free Space cell range Maximum cell range using Free Space Propagation e Erceg C cell range Maximum cell range using Erceg propagation model e Carrier Frequency Frequency used by the antennas 2 4 GHz 5 4 GHZ Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel G Radio Unit 3 Sa QG Radio Unit 3 Si Antenna 220 Antenna 220 Antenna 240 Antenna 240 v Antenna 260 Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm 14 771 14 771 Max Pilot Power dBm 14 771 14 771 Power Splitter Loss dB
82. server theme to maintain the best signal for a specific area The best server theme needs a field strength area calculation to offer results Note that the best server theme will be created at that height the field strength area calculation was made 10 7 1How to Create a Best Server Theme 17 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a best server theme e Choose Themes gt Best Server gt Display brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 223 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Tools View Extras Carrier To Interferer Display Isoline Power Level Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength Elevation L R Elevation Building Visibility L Clear Figure 374 Create best server theme from menu e Choose the Calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click on Bx 9 JM Site 1 ee G Radio Unit 1 MA Antenna 0 Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2 antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 Antenna 240 Site 2 Radio Unit 1 M Antenna 0 IE Radio Unit 2 LMA Antenna 120 lt I Radio Unit 3 M Antenna 210 Antenna 240 Figure 375 Create best server theme from calculation tab e Choos
83. started 3 Choose installation directory 5 Setup WiMAP 4G o leal Select Destination Location Ry Where should WiMAP 4G be installed L Setup will install WiMAP 4G into the following folder To continue click Next f you would like to select a different folder click Browse Program Files amp 86 V At least 162 5 MB of free disk space is required lt Back Next gt Cancel Figure 4 Installation directory brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 15 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Where should Setup place the program s shortcuts Setup will create the program s shortcuts in the following Stat Menu folder A To continue click Next T you would like to select a diferent folder click Browse mes SSS E Dont create a Start Menu folder Figure 5 Start menu folder selection 4 Select program icon locations Select Additional Tasks Which additional tasks should be performed Select the additional tasks you would like Setup to perform while installing WiMAP 4G then click Next Additional icons E Create a Quick Launch icon Figure 6 Program icon location 5 Click Next to start installation 1 5 Launching WiMAP 4G for the First Time After the installation is completed successfully the program can be started for the first time brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 16 of 297 broadband wire
84. to decide is whether the calculation should be made with the Erceg A B or C model It depends on the environmental circumstances A Hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density This model is associated with the highest path loss B Terrain type B is characterized by mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree densities or a hilly terrain with light tree densities C Terrain type C is used for flat terrain with light tree densities producing the lowest path loss Custom It is also possible to create a custom profile in the WiMAP 4G settings This is only recommended for experienced users who know the exact used parameters and can handle them correctly brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 198 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Model Erceg Model Type gee Hillymoderate to heavy tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Average Utilization 50 00 Own Cell Interference 30 00 Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 cance Figure 331 Calculation with Erceg model type A The coverage probability has to be set It can also be set to a standard value in the WiMAP 4G settings The function of that value is a little bit tricky to understand It describes the chance that considering all circumstances a specific point receives the calculated field strength in real terms The coverage is always based on probability theory and c
85. wad iGs n ct J x ner 0 0 WLAN BSS 02050 A N D N e L Wed A alcatel lucent 5 i 000m N 000 Ww Lan F 1_2 4GH sy 1 T g a W l Ka Figure 435 Elevation isolines example Munich 11 3 Isoline Export Sometimes it could be necessary to export created isolines for theme or elevation Exporting isolines is possible with WiMAP 4G It is especially helpful exporting these isolines to other programs for example to show them in presentations or joining programs that work with isolines like Google Earth brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 258 of 297 17 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 11 3 1How to Export Isolines as MIF Assuming that isolines have been created Otherwise the export may be possible but it would not offer any usable data 1 Choose Themes gt kind of theme gt Export gt Isoline as MIF Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Gx Coverage gt B Best server K we Carrier to interferer b Sub carrier interference dB s 2 000 m Above ground io Power level E UMTS3 ___ Sub carrier interference E Display x Field strength S Display Isoline fe Elevation b Export To Clipboard Elevation Building Visibility gt 3 i As image Clear As ASCII Grid F usi P Naaien P Export to KML Isoline as MIF Isoline as KML Figure 436 Export isolines as m
86. waveforms modulated with a specific input signal for the purpose of conveying information on the air interface in the case of WiMAP 4G The following carrier types are available and preconfigured in WiMAP 4G e WLAN 2 4 GHz o 100 mW 10 mW allowed transmission power high availability and therefore lower costs for equipment o Sharing channels with other sites is expected o 13 11 overlapping and or 3 non overlapping channels o 2 400 2 484 MHz spectrum e WLAN 5 0 GHz o 1 000 mW allowed transmission power outdoor less used frequency band and therefore interference free connection possible o In general equipment needs to provide dynamic frequency selection and transmission power control It is expensive compared to the 2 4 GHz technology o 24 non overlapping channels 8 indoor channels 200 mW power 11 outdoor channels 1 W power 5 FBWA 4 W power o 5 180 5 870 MHz spectrum e WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access o Microwave signals for connection range up to 50 km therefore suitable for poorly accessible regions o Comparable to WLAN except the range is much higher o 3 400 3 700 MHz spectrum e Backhaul o Connection between core network and small sub networks o Point to point and or point to multipoint radio relay o Frequency spectrum different up to 38 5 GHz e Tetra terrestrial trunked radio also Known as Trans European Trunked Radio Access o Designed for use by government agencies em
87. x Clear rh F Figure 419 Clear the visibility layer This will delete the whole theme from the project Keep in mind that the theme cannot be returned and that this operation cannot be reverted Time consuming calculations may have to be made again The more elegant way to hide themes is to deactivate the corresponding layers in the layer tab For more information about layers layer activation and deactivation see chapter 2 4 2 10 14 Export Calculation Theme Export is an extension of the themes tab which does export the current visualization as presented in the GUI in one of the available formats Image ASCII or KML It is only available with a valid field strength calculation and visualization Some formats ASCII are limited to Professional licensees Export requires a previous selected visualization theme and is restricted to the presented result Please select the required theme accordingly before running the export 10 14 1 How to Export a Theme 1 Start a field strength area calculation and select a visualization theme How to run a field strength calculation is described in 10 2 Available visualization themes and its selection are discussed in 10 6ff 2 Choose Themes gt Coverage e g gt Export brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 248 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Themes Tools
88. 0 57 37 811 Browse State Z m 52 802 District Municipality Colour Place Colour W Change Transp 0 Street Description Site ID Figure 241 Create a new site A new site has been created now radio units and antennas must be placed to make it work 3 Choose New gt Create Radio Unit Site E L O C ID Name Site 1 Browse Position Site Description o t vy X 6 5s 45 131 Browse Country Y 50 57 37 811 G State Z m 52 802 District z Municipality z Colour c Place Colour W Change Transp 0 E Street Description Site ID Components v New Create Antenna Create Radio Unit cancel Figure 242 Create a new radio unit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 148 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Set the carrier type and add new antennas to the radio unit Click on New for that Parameter of a radio unit o Carrier Select a carrier for the antenna If there is no carrier available for the specific purpose create one by clicking on Options gt Carriers To edit carriers see chapter 6 1 o Power dBm The power of the carrier specified in dBm Note that there are limitations according to the power in each country 20 dBm maximum channel power for 2
89. 0 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 10 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dorad 20 00 Stella Dorad 240 00 Stella Dorad 240 00 Stella Dorad 240 00 Stella Dorad Ug w QI Radio Unit 1 Antenna 0 Antenna 0_2 Radio Unit 2 Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 6 Antenna 240 L Radio Unit 1 E QL dala L FAAR Jak GL A Antenna 20 Radio Unit 2 G Antenna 120 v Radio Unit 3 E 5 Site Radio Unit Carrier _ __ Tx Power Direction Type Site1 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Site3 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Antenna 0 Antenna 0 Antenna 0 Antenr New Insert ali Antenr Edit Enter 211 Anten Delete Delete 72 Antenn s1 7 antenr Create Copy Copy 7 Antenr Change Multiple Antennas 217 Antenr Ee 17 Antenr a k 2 Antenna 240 Sitel Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 Antenna 240 site2 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 Antenna 240 Site3 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 0 00 Stella Dorad 10 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dorad 120 00 Stella Dor
90. 00 7 000 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 10 000 Environmental Loss dB 3 000 3 000 Performance Gains dB 0 000 0 000 Max permitted prop loss dB 80 165 81 926 Free Space cell range m 98 250 120 334 Erceg C cell range m 23 660 26 549 Carrier Frequency MHz 2460 000 Refresh Adjust Antennas Sites a Layers Points ExeCalcula Beva Padas S Clients T Link Bu amp Calcula Figure 449 Link Budget calculation 4 Find the button Adjust Antennas in the lower left corner of the link calculation tab Click on this button and the selected antennas of the radio unit will be adjusted automatically by WiMAP 4G to guarantee the best results for the link budget calculation and also for common It is not recommended to adjust the antennas if they have already been planned for a specific scenario With these adjustments the link budget seems to look better but hence problems can occur If an adjustment is made for the antennas or the stations c ick on the Refresh button in the lower left corner of the link budget to assign these new values to the link budget calculation Erceg C cell range m Carrier Frequency MHz Refresh Figure 450 Adjust antennas brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 270 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Please select options To adjust antenna Sample Site Antenna 260 to Site 2 Antenna 240
91. 000 Algorithm Frequency Loss Factor 0 70 Model Parameters WinProp 0 7 for medium sized cities centers 1 5 for metropolitan centers Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 75 The ITU R P 1411 3 settings tab The ITU R P 1411 3 settings offer a few settings according to the environment e Maximum height of buildings o This height is only used if there is no elevation model that can be used for calculations Basically calculation is more detailed and offers precise results with elevation models e Widths of roads o The width of roads can vary in different cities or villages It is expressed in meters e Building separation o The building separation describes gap distance between buildings It is expressed in meters e Road orientation o The road orientation describes the angle between crossing roads It is expressed in degrees e Frequency Loss Factor o There is the frequency loss factor that should be either 0 7 or 1 5 according to the environment 0 7 is used for medium sized city centers whereas 1 5 is used for metropolitan city centers brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 56 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 1 2 2 3 Erceg Model The IEEE 802 16 3c proposes this model developed by Victor Erceg for WiMAX planning It is designed for suburban and urban areas and considers three Non
92. 1 le Gi Radio Unit 1 Figure 254 The tool panel of sites tab This option could be useful if a calculation needs to be done only with a few sites whereat a lot of sites need to be deactivated brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 156 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Simply choose Deactivate All and activate manually the needed sites By the time a calculation is done all sites can be activated with Activate All 7 3 4 2 How to Activate or Deactivate Sites Manually 1 To set sites active or inactive manually s mp y open the Sites Tab in the Project Explorer Activation e Be S me Y Data 4 UP WiMAX BS1 mt Radio Unit 1 Base1_Sek1 ie G Radio Unit 2 V Base1_Sek2 le i Radio Unit 3 Basel_Sek3 lt le Y WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz l i Radio Unit 1 E Base1_Sek1 mt Radio Unit 2 V Basel_Sek2 5 0 Gi Radio Unit 3 V Base1_Sek3 lt le Y WLAN_BS2_5GHz i M Radio Unit 1 if E Base2_5GHz_Sek1 lg S Radio Unit 2 V amp Base2_5GHz_Sek3 ie Radio Unit 3 inf Base2_5GHz_Sek2 V YP WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz v Z Radio Unit 1 V Base3_Sek1 ID v Basei_Seki v Basei_Seki M Basel_Sek2 V Basel_Sek2 Basel_Sek3 MV Basel_Sek3 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 240 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek1 WLAN_BS2_5GHz_ Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 14 8 0 00 Stella M Base2_5GHz_Sek2 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio U
93. 1 Page 41 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 4 3 The Points Tab IDOSS EE The Points tab has three subtabs List Coverage and Visualisation The List tab shows all points used in the project sorted by the point category Points can be activated or deactivated If the used points are not listed in the Points tab make sure to choose the correct point category i Z Coverage Visualisation Category Measurement Name v vi Pi WV Pi_11 v P1_123 MV P1_137 v P1_150 v P1_164 vi P1_178 v P1_191 v Pi_204 vV P1_218 v P1_231 P1_245 v PL 259 P1_272 v P1_286 M P1_33 vV P1_47 v P1_60 v P1_74 v P1_88 v P2 v P2_10 v P2_113 w P2_127 vV P2_140 v P2_154 v P2_168 V P2_181 P2_195 v P2_208 v P2_221 v P2_235 v P2_249 v P2_262 v P2_276 v P2_29 M P2_302 v P2_316 v P2_33 v P2_343 v P2_357 v P2_370 M P2_384 P2_398 a OD an Sites Power SNR Carrier 68 2 32 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 2 30 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 2 30 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 71 2 29 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 71 2 29 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 72 2 28 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 73 2 27 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 73 2 27 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 74 2 26 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 74 2 26 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 75 2 25 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 75 2 25 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 75 2 25 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 76 2 2
94. 13 Choose a file 3 Choose the transformation settings and click on OK Transformation need to be made according to the coordinate system used by the project In most times a translation needs to be made because dxf files do not hold specific location coordinates Single file C Users max Wimaphdkm dxt C All files in Transformation None E Translation Translation X Y 694453 04 f 15337291 56 Geographic to Metric Coordinate System f UTM C Gauss Krueger Figure 114 Add the cadastral data to the project Fone Stripe Subsequent a cadastral model appears at the specific place and additional layers appear at the project explorer The number of layers differ in dxf files depending on the specific data ordered by the land survey register brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 77 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 115 Unmodified cadastral data Buildings VEC 0 VEC GG VEC GN VEC GP VEC HP VEC TP Eleva iam W odel Pegqinne Elevation Model EU IOT X XI S K A SX Figure 116 Additional cadastral layers In this example there are six different layers available for the cadastral data They include the O layer which is always available in cadastral data and some special layers like land name land border or vegetation 4 1 2 DXF Settings The DXF settings can be found in Project gt Properties gt
95. 1DOS S EE S Delete the default rad data in C Users UserName AppData Roaming bips WiMAP 4G If the path cannot found search for hidden folder P Starting calculation An internal error has been detected S Check whether all sites are inside the blue area Elevation Model brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 286 of 297 6 mner pbinar Iposs 18 Image directory Figure 1 The WiMAP 4G Working Interface sss sxs eee ee ee eee 12 Figure 2 The Professional Edition offers CORLA as an additional propagation model 14 Figure 3 Installation Nas been Started ccscsecsesccecsesrceceecrceceearsecuearseeuearsueuearseeuearsagues 15 Figure 42 Instalator Ee Tes e 15 Figure 5 Start menu folder selection s eee e e eee e ee eee 16 Figure 6 Program icon location cccscscsecsecercecsenrceceearcnceearseceearsecuearsesuearsusuearsusunersegues 16 FOUC 7 LICENSE agreement sserrep rebeeh aeaea rabea aaaeeeaa Erann 17 Figure 8 Program edition License request sss ss eee eee ee eee eee 17 Figure 9 Choose location of your license file s ss see eee ee eee eee 18 Figure 10 Global Settings ccccecccccceceeeee esse esse eee ee esse esse ee eees eens see ESAS a HERS Sane EES a REESE SS 18 Figure 11 Stale PIC Wizcza c2eccs ccsecncscnssencecusscncecnsscussensscusnencecuseeucecusecucecusecusecusesucecusees 19 Figure 12 Database MENU sees eee eee eee e eee e ee eee eee 19 PIOUS 13t POG MENU saneac
96. 2 Choose the building class that is used for the building wanted to edit 3 Simply add the coordinates of the courtyard or drag and drop it E kus KLT Figure 152 Add the courtyard 4 Click Create Building oy Naa Ven E mayuorcract Figure 153 Courtyard brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 96 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Sometimes there are buildings inside other buildings buildings intersect other buildings or even there are towers on the roof of buildings These buildings cannot be created without making a few arrangements Capture Buildings Building intersects other buildings of the same type Figure 154 Intersecting buildings of the same type is not possible Each building has a type id The problem is that buildings with the same type id cannot intersect As mentioned in chapter 3 1 5 there are building classes which need to be created for intersection For bigger projects many building classes are needed as well as many wood classes ID Name Indoor Loss Attenuation Color From Color To Add 0 Standard_Building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 1 Broadleaf_Forest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m cin 2 Mixed _ Forest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 3 Coniferous_Forest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 4 Tower Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 200 000 5 Inside_Building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 6 Intersec
97. 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 196 157 m 70 62 o Le site Site G sa E pro m hor Da a N opsihoNord sited B JKL OT mi i Figure 24 The Terrain Profiler looks like the distance measurement tool 2 For additional information look in the Terrain Profiler tab which is at the bottom of the WiMAP 4G window by default The graph in Figure 25 shows how the Terrain Profiler projects the territory into the Terrain Profiler tab A Elevation Buildings Fresnel Zone Pathloss T ap Seiu 4 D o 1 20 30 49 50 60 FO 80 S0 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 ce m Sitel brown iposs GmbH VWLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 To Site2 brown iposs GmbH VWLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 Figure 25 The Terrain Profiler tab On the right side of the Terrain Profiler tab is a legend that shows all relevant information elevation buildings the Fresnel Zone and the pathloss The circle will automatically change its colour to red if there is any disruption in the Fresnel Zone This will help the user to see automatically if the desired path is possible or not ae SSS os X y N ex Eus gt lt 4 l g CS Elevation Buildings Fresnel Zone Pathloss D 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Figure 26 The Fresnel Zone is interrupted brown iposs GmbH User Manual W
98. 4 771 3 010 Antenna Gain Tx dBi 10 252 5 076 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 0 000 Tx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 EIRP dBm 20 252 6 684 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 20 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm 91 990 91 990 Antenna Gain Rx dBi 5 076 10 252 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB 107 165 108 926 Dimensioning Own source interference 0 00 Other source interf margin dB 3 000 Fast fading margin dB 4 000 Log normal fading margin dB 7 000 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 Environmental Loss dB 3 000 Performance Gains dB 0 000 Max permitted prop loss dB 81 926 Free Space cell range m 120 334 Erceg C cell range m 26 549 Carrier Frequency MHz 2460 000 Refresh Adjust Antennas Sites Layers Points amp Calcula a Eevat Padas S Clients SUB caloa Figure 445 The Link Budget tab 13 1 How to Make a Link Budget Calculation Basically there are two different methods to make a link budget calculation Use the Terrain Profiler to make a calculation or calculate manually The manual way is useful to make calculations that cannot be done with the Terrain Profiler or ad hoc calculations without having planned any sites antennas etc brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 267 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigation
99. 4 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 76 2 24 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 72 2 28 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 72 2 28 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 2 30 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 68 2 32 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 69 2 31 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 76 2 24 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 78 2 22 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 79 2 21 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 79 2 21 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 79 2 21 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 79 2 21 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 80 2 20 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 78 2 22 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 78 2 22 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 77 2 23 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 76 2 24 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 76 2 24 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 76 2 24 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 75 2 25 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 74 2 26 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 77 2 23 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 77 2 23 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 75 2 25 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 77 2 23 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 77 2 23 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 78 2 22 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 81 2 19 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 86 2 14 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 93 2 7 80 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 OCN 14 OF IAN ARID A CU hannal 19 Layers I Points Calculation Height X N 1 500 691889 33 5336498 20 1 500 691877 15 5336467 53 1 500 691753 09 5336155 27 1 500 691737 58 5336116 24 1 500 691723 18 5336080 00 1 500 691707 67 5336040 96 1 500 691692 16 5336001 93 1 500 691677 76 5335965 69 1 500 691663 36 5335929 44 1 500 691647 86 5335890 41
100. 4 GHz for example o Pilot Power The pilot power of the carrier Affects the signal radius Value 1 100 Name Radio Init 1 Site Site 1 Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 w Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Bands 1 i Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Antennas LID Tx Power Direction Type Height AGL Dt Elect New cance Figure 243 Radio Unit Settings window 5 Set the parameter of the antenna brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 149 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Antena Sa x i ID Name Antenna 240 Radio Unit Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 Direction Direction 240 000 Downtilt 0 000 Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Antenna Type Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 x wv Options Attenuation Cable Loss dB 0 000 Position Pattern Colour Colour Change Transp 0 canca Figure 244 Add antennas to the radio unit e Parameter o Height Above ground level Height of the antenna o Set Height Refers To whether to Lower Edge or Center This is important for a hilly environment o Direction Direction of the antenna If the antennas has a 360 angle the direction does not need to set to a specific value Note that signals that use the same channel interfere each
101. 5 Figure 291 Option Remove POMS etree sss sxs xs x e ee eee eee 176 Figure 292 The created clients appear ON the map sese e eee ee eee e eee 176 Figure 293 The created clients ON clients Lab sees eee 176 Figure 294 Convert clients to points sss sss sss e sese essere nenen eenn 176 Figure 295 Mark a client and choose Convert to Points ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 177 Figure 296 Remove clients after the conversion ss eee e e eee e eee 177 Figure 297 The points appear ON the map ccccececsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseseeaeseeesaees 177 Figure 298 The edit window of a pOint ss xxx se e eee ee eee 178 Figure 299 Create new client profiles sss sss veve sese ee sese eee eenn enen 179 Figure 300 Fill in all relde s sss sese eee eee 180 Figure 301 Fill in all FiQIGS sss sese eee 180 Figure 302 Created carrierS scs ssscs cesses e sese esen 181 Figure 303 Edit Caries sss eee e eee eee 181 Figure 304 Create clients from the MENu ccccscecsececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeaeeeeanaesesaees 182 Figure 305 Create clients on the maps sese eee ee eee e eee 182 Figure 306 Create clients from the Clients aD ss sse eee ee eee 182 Figure 307 Filin all THONGS sicsecesanscee sans eteaatedeaearsearaiiesausiesetuasieerieayscertanssuriusenreriearaecreuss 184 Figure 308 The client appears ON the map cesses eee e e eee e eee eee 184 Figure 309 Edit clients from the
102. 58 Export isolines as mif sese e ee eee e eee eee 250 EXPONE elie 41T 250 SNOW Ol ee esl MADS sisceaneinscxnycveesinetventaan tere E na 261 Right click ON Layers Tab ssses cesses eenn 262 Filter Activation dialogue wWIndOWwW sss sse sees eee eee eee 262 LIES Ol SI E atc asec resis er ese aes ncn ease EEEE EEEE es rene eae enna ceases 263 Iae dnes eT 264 Radio unit settings scs c eee eee ee eee e eee eee 264 ANEMA SEIN eee eee een een een eee in ene eee ee eee ee eee ee 265 The Link Budget aD sss sese eee 267 The Link Budget TAD cas cwectmicaviveweneniciwnsancsenenanteiwanendston santeinegentsawadenieewe rented 268 Select objects with Terrain Profiler sese e eee eee eee 269 The snap window appears after connecting TWO POINKS eceeseceeseereeeenenes 269 LINK Budget CalCUlatiOn cccscccsecseccsecuecrsncuecusucuecrsueuecusueuecrsueueensusunanseenes 270 POMUSE QING ING Sracsacascncciasacasdectcscsacasasisejecaasprasiseresevasesaeueeaencuasecesareieseaana 270 Adjust antennas Select Options ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeseaeseeesansenags 271 Siz pee RR HT 2 2 Example of a 3D VIEW cide vier si danse canesecida Enin nEn ESANEAN NATANAEL EANAN 272 Values for 3D ViCW eee e eee e e e eee eee 273 Choose the desired antenna sss sees sees ee eee eee e ee eee 274 The antenna will be focused sese sees eee eee 274 Navigation specials Center Antenna see e ee eee ee e ee eee e eee 275 Expor
103. 6 The other tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 34 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Anti aliasing can be activated or deactivated If there are no specific circumstances anti aliasing should always be enabled ee Figure 37 Anti aliasing enabled Figure 38 Anti aliasing disabled The background paint defines the colour of the Terrain Profiler not the colour of the plot Bonn Environment Site1 Site2 Height m gt Fresnel Zone Pathloss 30 35 40 45 50 55 Distance m Figure 39 A configured Terrain Profiler tab 2 2 5 3 Additional Terrain Profiler Zoom The Terrain Profiler offers some additional functions for better analysis Both axes can be zoomed in out independently A ght mouse click on the Terrain Profiler tab opens the menu that contains all zoom functions Properties 50 Save as 40 Print zoom In zoom Out Auto Range brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 35 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 40 Terrain Profiler zoom functions Each zoom submenu contains these three possibilities e both axes zooms in out the full image considering the x y ratio e domain axis zooms in out the y axis e range axis zooms in out the x axis The auto range submenu assures that all content of the marked terrain segment is shown
104. 7 License agreement WiMAP 4G needs a license to run There are licenses for Community Edition and Professional Edition For using the Community Edition a name and a valid e mail address are sufficient A license file is send by e mail and is available immediately 1 5 1 Get a License for the Professional Edition A license for the Professional Edition can be purchased later To run the Professional Edition an USB Dongle is needed which is provided by brown iposs Program Edition License Agreement Select the program edition you want to run gt Program Edition License File Community Edition V License Request The Community Edition is free of charge It is slightly limited in features and does not include support Enter your e mail address to request a Community Edition license will be sent immediately Name Max Mustermann E Mail mustermann mustermann eu T License Upload Your community license has just been sent to you by e mail Please check your inbox including your spam folder save the license file to a temporary location and select that location below License File C Professional Edition The Professional Edition has more powerful features and requires a valid license on USB dongle To acquire a Professional license contact info brown iposs eu If you already have the Professional license please connect the USB dongle to PC and wait until it is connected Then click the finish button lt Bak N
105. 75 62 Y To 5336 495 62 ok _ canca Figure 356 WinProp field strength calculations settings The Dominant Path Model calculates the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing The Empirical Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking if the point is hidden or unreachable The Deterministic Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 213 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems A special license is needed to use WinProp models which can be ordered at A WIMAP 4G product support info brown iposs eu 10 4 1 6 General Settings After choosing and configuring the desired propagation model there are a few settings that have to be done for all models The values which should be calculated can be chosen at the bottom of the window Columns le Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level Calculate Field Strength W Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier lI Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz S z K S cancel Figure 357 General settings for point field strength calculation Make sure to assign the calculated value to the correct point category column For the height column choose the height column that is used from the
106. 87 The Elevation Model settings css ssss cesses cesses eee ee eee seene eenn 64 Figure 88 The Building Classes settings cccsceccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeeeaneegags 65 Figure 89 Select building Classes scs sese eee 65 Figure 90 Click Add to add a new building class sss sss sese s eee eee 65 Figure 91 Click OK to Save the changes secs e esec eee eee eee 66 Figure 92 Add new attenuation parameters esse ecce e eee e e eee e ee eee eee 66 Figure 93 Save the Changes with OK cccscsccecsesrcecsenrceceearsecuearsecuearsesuearsesueensesusersagaes 66 Figure 94 Colours need to be added cccscscsecsesrceceenrseceecrcecnearseseearseeuearsueueersesusansagues 66 Figure 95 Click OK to Save all Changes css e eee eee ee eee eee 67 Figure 96 The Start dialogue cesse sees eee 67 SIII Gr oars gia Tea ae eee ne err nt ern rent ener ent nner nt rn rtr int E nt mrtr ent rarer tt tren 68 Figure 98 Dialogue for Creating a proie s sss es eee eee eee 68 Figure 99 Choose this type and click Next esse sese 69 Figure 100 Specify an area by address ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeseeesaeseeeeaneegags 69 Figure 101 Choose a result from the IS sss ecce e eee eee eee 70 Figure 102 Specify an area Dy Coordinates s sese seene 70 Figure 103 Choose the radius Of the area css sees eee eee 71 Figure 104 Choose an example Site cccccscsrsecsesrcecsecrcecnecrceceearseseearsesuears
107. 94374 275 Y From 53336 75 62 Y To 5336 495 62 cancel Figure 340 WinProp field strength calculations settings The Dominant Path Model calculates the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing The Empirical Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking for the point is hidden or unreachable The Deterministic Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable A special license is needed to use WinProp models This license can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support info brown iposs eu 10 4 The Point Field Strength Calculation The point field strength calculation works similar to the client coverage calculation and therefore it is a powerful tool The exact field strength and power level for each point on the map can be calculated easily using this feature The alternative to get a power level and field strength for points is to just read them on the map after creating a power level theme This will not be exact as long as the user does not specify a few 1000 colour profiles The field strength of a point can be calculated instead The points tab in the Project Explorer shows all points used in the current project To create points on the map see chapter 8 3 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 204 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigati
108. Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 v Y Options Attenuation New Cable Loss dB 0 000 Get From Database File Antenna Types v Options Position Pattern Colour Electrical Downtilt From 10 000 Polarisation L Is Other All Patterns 1 Proper Carrier Spectrum Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Polarisation Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Downtilt Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Carrier Frequency Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Bad Match T Figure 246 Create a new antenna type A short introduction how to create antennas can be found in chapter 7 1 1 1 o Antenna Name Choose a name for the antenna This name appears in the Project Explorer and is useful to locate antennas There are two more categories at the bottom of the window o Pattern There is no need to edit those because a pattern for the antenna is imported already o Position Edit the position of the antenna If there is no good reason to change this the antenna should remain in the position of the site Click on OK to create and place the antenna at the specific radio unit C ick again on OK to create and place the radio unit at the selected site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 151 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems R 0 7 ID Name Site 1 Browse Position Site Description x 7 05 46
109. B l Newhader _ AE L S E Ere er 7 Y 8 a i Cendiing Om N Map data copyight by Open tMap openstreetmaporg E a C mm ad i Ramertaort PO Siri E l E Warton IS Cursor Point E Log Terrain Profiler x x 698476 82 y 5336604 66 Figure 44 Transfixing the windows results in a much bigger work area 2 3 2 Adjustment and Zoom Customization More settings can be found in Extras gt Global Settings The following settings can be set up in the submenu Plot Translation factor This setting is essential for the four arrows in the control bar The translation factor gives information about how far the map is shifted by using these arrow buttons A 1 means the whole map is shifted by an entire size of the screen A 0 1 means the map is shifted by 10 of the size of the screen Boundary 0 1 10 Zoom factor The zoom factor option is important for the two zoom button in the control bar It shows how much the map is up or downscaled A 1 simply means that the map is zoomed in by factor one so nothing will happen with a 1 Values between 0 1 and 0 9 invert the zoom functions so that the scale up button scales down for example With a 1 1 the entire map scales up or down by 10 Boundary 0 1 10 Below the labels can be configured to show objects and or antennas coloured black and buildings gray There is also an option for the intelligent label arrangement which gives the program the privilege to ignore the
110. Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 162 Choose Save Buildings to export buildings 2 Choose a directory pick a desired name for the export file and click on OK After exporting the mif file can be found in the chosen save directory 5 4 Import Buildings Buildings can be imported as easy as they can be exported The files have to be mif files 5 4 1 How to Import Buildings 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Load Buildings Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Li Elevation Model gt a a yw O Buildings gt Fil Load Buildings Maps 4 Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 163 Choose Load Buildings to import buildings 2 Choose the desired mif file and click OK All buildings included in the mif file has been imported now and can be edited and or deleted as usual brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 100 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems IpOSS EE 5 5 Create Buildings Using Cadastral Data Professional Edition Buildings can be created using the cadastral data This is an advanced feature and therefore only available for Professional Edition customers Only the cadastral data is needed which can be purchased at the local land survey register Import buildings with cadastral
111. Doradus 24 90 10 16 Edit Antenna 240 Site 1 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorac Sy Layers Points fxCalculat Flevatio Cadastra Clients E Link Bud Figure 223 Radio unit with distributed antennas 5 View of the distributed antennas on the map as follows Figure 224 Distributed antennas with same directions brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 136 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems An introduction how to calculate with desired antennas can be found in chapter 10 16 7 2 Radio Units Radio Unit represents an antenna set which can be used for distributed antennas The radio unit can have one or more antennas but one antenna can only be combined with one radio unit In the radio unit one can determine the carrier The carrier consists of a channel and a technology The parameters of a radio unit are o Carrier Select a carrier for the antenna If there is no carrier available for the specific purpose create one by clicking on Options gt Carriers To create or edit carriers see chapter 6 1 o Power dBm The power of the carrier specified in dBm O Note that there are limitations according to the power in each country 20 dBm I maximum channel power for 2 4 GHz for example o Pilot The pilot power of the carrier Affects the signal radius Value 1 100 o Colour R
112. Edit and click on New 17 Antenna Types Sil Figure 185 Create antenna types 2 The antenna type settings window will be opened The antenna pattern can be imported while creating antennas brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 115 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems tae 2 1 Size Last Modified 3 5GHz 24 120 10 15 H msi 6 984 Feb 3 2010 F SGHz 24 120 10 15 V msi 6 983 Feb 3 2010 6 1 eclipse 24 120 15 12 V msi 6 921 Feb 3 2010 6 1 Ex_Files_Pprvis_ 7 24 120 5 18 H msi 6 991 Feb 3 2010 6 T unsortiert Lj 24 120 5 18 V msi 6 990 Feb 3 2010 6 1 Wimap_Doku 24 120 7 16 H msi 6 991 Feb 3 2010 6 1 L Documents 24 120 7 16 V msi 6 990 Feb 3 2010 6 1 Name Freq Downloads 7 24 15 15 21 H msi 7 117 Feb 3 2010 6 1 T Favorites 7 24 15 15 21 V msi 7 116 Feb 3 2010 6 1 Attenuation 0 Links 7 24 180 15 10 V msi 7 279 Feb 3 2010 6 1 Music 24 180 5 16 V msi 6 910 Feb 3 2010 6 2 7 24 180 8 13 V msi 6 912 Feb 3 2010 6 1 nannannens trr ea P L Pictures T Saved Games gt Searches Videos File Name Ts e 4 f gt Filter Planet msi dat adf cancel Cancel Figure 186 Antenna type settings with importing the antenna pattern It is necessary to create an antenna pattern which contains all information about the vertical and
113. Gis aw us a Gas Gh om o Gs ok ois js tie aso om Distance m ah tog E Terrain proie Figure 18 Demo project Munich The demo project is a complete project including sites different carriers and an elevation model The Terrain Profiler can be tested as well as different propagation models brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 24 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 2 Work Area WiMAP 4G is clearly arranged to make work easier for experienced users and even for newcomers 2 2 1 Work Area Basics Control Bar Terrain Explorer Project Geodata Carners Antenna Types Sites Points Chents Link Calculation Themes Tools few Extras Window Help P om FX QQQaeaavhA amp BB a C k RAB Ra Schuller Sites Activation ve ome Y Data SUP WIMAX BS1 amp Radio Unit 1 Basel Seki 0 B Radio Unit 2 7 Baset_Sek2 A Radio Unit 3 v Basel_Sek3 4 VK WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 amp Radio Unit 1 BA 1 E X Whe AE MANE T Ye n d v Baset_Sekt 4 Radio Unit 2 Eae 3 v Basel_Sek2 h radio unit 3 C raz A j a vV Basel_Sek3 DUSEN gt ee S I WLAN_BS2_5GHz a L amp Radio Unit 1 E 4 Ad NE stend Friedenneim Se T i gt Se Schwanthaler K n x DA 1 ere Rn ON pe Rina 7 RE AS i RS Sie Cursor Point x x 690972 42 Y 5337145 60 Radio unit 2 ny ID Site Pa i
114. HORIZONTAL VERTICAL 360 0 0 03 0 5 1 46 2 972 5 203 8 489 12 752 25 13 20 546 14 395 11 95524 11 1492 WON G Un BRWN KA WON G Un BRWN KA U Datei Bearbeiten Format Ansicht NAME 24 120 10 15 MAKE Stella Doradus V_WIDTH FRONT_TO_BACK 10 GAIN 10 dBi TILT MECHANICAL POLARIZATION V HORIZONTAL 360 Cn oSooooosssseooesessessossSSSSSSSSSoeeS MH M PR B M MM Md MN AN N N FPR KA Kad RRP G O G OG O OOO DW 4 EKA 0 Cn MM KA CG9 Cn MM KA 10 l MH MM A ONDOA MAM KA KA Figure 203 Editor with attenuation parameters brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 126 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Choose File gt Save as and save file as msi Dateiname 24 120 10 15 msi Dateityp Textdateien txt Figure 204 Save the new file as msi There is a msi file in the chosen file path right away which can be used as a pattern for this antenna 7 1 6 Export Antennas To export antenna information from an existing project it might be necessary to work in other projects with the same antenna set or to work with these antennas in other programs that allow antenna import 7 1 6 1 How to Export Antennas 1 Choose Sites gt Export Antennas Sites Points Clients Link Calculz Create Site dak POT AMENES l Edit Sites Export C Only Active Antennas All Antennas Activation p Decimal Separator File Choose
115. Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Antenna Type Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 v Options Attenuation Cable Loss dB 0 000 Position Pattern Colour Electrical Downtilt From 10 000 To 10 000 wv Options Polarisation C unknonn 1s All Patterns 1 Proper Carrier Spectrum Patterns 24 90 10 16 V No Match Proper Polarisation Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Downtilt Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Carrier Frequency Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Bad Match Pox cont Figure 220 Invalid antenna brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 134 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Program started Build 12486 Profile is C Users bs AppData Roaming bips WiIMAP 4G Project C Users bs B WiIMAP_Projects utm_koeln utm_koeln rap The 1 of 12 antennas are invalid For details see below at the log messages The antenna Antenna 0 is invalid Frequency of antenna Antenna 0 does not belong to range of freque Figure 221 Log message about invalid antennas 7 1 10Distributed MIMO Antennas WiMAP 4G supports distributed antennas for multi input multi output MIMO technology MIMO technology is used to enhance the performance of signal transmission In practice the distributed antennas can interfere with each other although their signals are transmitted over different mediums To create distributed antennas at least two an
116. Hirsckau y yr ke he Ler 5 TO leide r S k y a ane ln ae F N T Jte rong a ESA L NS LS f i v i F K T ES T rmenzird l e n ondan 9 race cide Hrschau bE ie pees E F F L ae 7 om k w Jte tanna V A rd ye Tera b 3 i 9 mmm 4 T TE MAX BS1 eee ivari k Se m rh Kaa Smp 7 A E Lr Bogenhaiseh SU a b Ye ai H LAH BS3_2 4GHz ise SL J WLAN BS3_ 2 PO i irs d w Ri N Swan BS1_2 4GHz L T Pe Taa Sa E p DE nce Danie pe 9 Ames DA ox S S wd i Pas isaac Daye S sec LA x WLAN new ETTE e c m jinten S s smunatken i S Y 8 ak r aen 76 2 5 1E Santka arava Hache hM dba R s E i l n k RET va L rot 9 E C T staat sda sen Sid d Une ne a WLAN_BS2_5GHzas Min e ii Diaa a 2 ag i Oe TAN K f Samy cravat aasre 74 i HA e oe a ae a blumerau EE md w CUR l C H A F K Male T Rare stadt Haldiausen aTa VOED ec a P a LA E RS ae G Sis Es 1 K ra D SHETE Untersiesi Maier pec ee pe re See aoe C pall gue aa ig im y ipa ee gt 4 a Sra Fy L oe anil gt Sage L Unters Ag ft pes K 9 l Ie L ME f En j s iesene 9 S Ups EI sing iS p 1 1 z RAC IU FS ree d J af i 7 4 Ai T i a apes 44 L G T i LS d R fry ee L DTS kal E Mia T gt f i a te frak r Figure 128 The new model will replace the old one 4 3 Background Images The next object that can be imported is a background image After creating an empty project a background image can be downloaded manually using Onearth or other providers of satellite images
117. Line of Sight NLoS scenarios A B and C e Terrain type A is a hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density and is associated with the highest path loss e Terrain type B is characterised as a mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree density or a hilly terrain with light tree density e Terrain type C is a flat terrain with light tree density producing the lowest path loss Project Properties am General Erceg Model Calculation Theme Type Erceg C Empirical models l Flat light tree density Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Coverage Probability 50 00 Erceg Model Visibility Parameters CORLA Raylauncher A B E CUSTOM Agoia a 4 6000 4 0000 3 6000 3 6000 Model Parameters WinProp b 0 0075 0 0065 0 0050 0 0050 Elevation Model DXF E 12 6000 17 1000 20 0000 20 0000 Building Classes Antenna term factor 10 8000 10 8000 20 0000 20 0000 Point Colours d Sigma_Gamma 0 5700 0 7500 0 5900 0 5900 Mu_Sigma 10 6000 9 6000 8 2000 8 2000 Sigma_Sigma 2 3000 3 0000 1 6000 1 6000 Elevation Model Attenuation dB 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 ox Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 76 The Erceg Model Settings tab First of all the decision can be made which Erceg model should be used by default If there are only a few trees there is no need to use type A by default in that case Type C would be the right decision Furthermore the coverage probability can be set to a specific value This probability id
118. NTE 85 Import of more than one ile cc ese eee e eee eee 86 Imported location images are SHOWN ON the map cesse eee ee eee e e eee e e eee e e 86 SNOW a location IMAGE sss see eee ee e eee ee e ee eee eee 87 Browse or rotate location IMAGES sse eee e eee e e e eee e eee eee 88 Delete location images from MENU esse s e eee e e e ee e e eee e e e eee e eee 88 Choosing the image layer cscsecscscsecsesrcecsenececsentcesnentseseentseseearseseearseseeares 89 Delete location image from context MENU sss ee eee e eee ee e ee e ee e ee eee e eee 89 Import Of location Images sse sees eee e ee eee eee 89 The import aS background IMAGE ccscecsecsecesecnccesneuecusuenscusueneeusueneeuseensensas 90 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation including buildings sss ss sss xx ce e 91 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation without buildings sss sxs sx s x x c e lt 91 Capture DUICINGS cccceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeaeaeseeaeaesesaeaesesaeaesesanes 92 Add the first coordinates sss esse seene 93 The blue dot SHOWS the coordinates sese sss e eee e eee eee 94 All coordinates added scs 94 A Created DUINGINGccinicinassesetrawinsainenirevinaseintneeiniaicuninszineniigiewssaeneuaeinsaiaeneeets 95 POG ANCON OT erei E E EE EEE 95 Building added via drag and drO css 96 Ada tHe Coury ard iasgavesegaiaeecanareecsaacetaseieswiasaseouteseseuasasasneeieseuarasasanesenesasaeasas 96 RI g E PAE O O EE
119. O E A E teae eas 96 Intersecting buildings of the same type is not possible sees eee ee eee e eee 97 Building classes osessnnsnensnnsnnnnnnsnnrnnnsnnrrnnrnnrnrnrnnrnrnnnnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnenernrnenne 97 Capture buildingS s ssessnssnensnsssnsrnnrrnsrnrrrnsrnnnrnsrnrnnnnrnrnnnnrnrnenennrnrnennenenennne 97 A new DUNGING xicicinsesveasascsciadvavacdsacicinccavecasicewinsateauisisicinssanecavieiwiasvenenteaciois 98 Intersecting buildings and wood s ssssssssssssssnsrnrrrsnsrnrnnnsnnrnnnennrnnnsrnrnenennne 98 SIBI s iie iN DUNGING curcrursieriniirivisianstenirunraunoronatinnn tanana ENNA aa 98 Context menu of a DUICING ccscsccecseercecsenrcecsenrcesnentseseearseseearseseearsaseearss 99 EGIE c e ia Reese 99 Choose Save Buildings to export DUIIGINGS ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeees 100 Choose Load Buildings to import buildings sss s sx xxe e e eee e e eee e eee 100 Create buildings from cadastral data 101 MDO SOCUINGS erR 101 Buildings created from cadastral data s ssessssesnenennennnnnrnnnnrnnrnnnnrnnrnrnnrnne 102 CORINE IMPON srren arniarna ariarian ariari raria 103 CORINE settings css css cc c ece eee eee eee 103 Imported structures scsccccscsecessesececnenecesnenecesnentseseenrseseearseseeatsaseearsaseeares 104 CORINE imports need to be mapped to a building class sese secs eee e eee ee 104 A whole region created with CORINE 1ImpOrtS sxs xx c eee e e e
120. Ports Clients Link Caladation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Oo FeeeeroeeGQeaateaavrh amp RB 2 am e zn IN L Le cS tt we S r A K A S J Date wp wimax Bsr a 4 reiont Y Z Baset_Seki gt Sag unt 3 v Saset_Seks OP WLAN_852_SGHz v Radio unt 3 Y Z Base2_SGHz_ Seki 7 Radio unt Y Baved_SCH2_Sek3 gt Rocio unt 3 Ste Radio Unt Carrier Y Basel Seki WinAx 85S1 Rade Unit 1 WIMAX Channel gt lower band J Sassi Seki WLAN SSI 24H Radic Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 Gtz Cheenal 1 14 a 19 Bret Sek WIMAX BS1 Radic Unit 2 WIMAX Channel 2 lower band 2 Y Dorel Sek WLAN OGL ZAG Rado Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 Getz Channel 13 14 Gesel_Sek gt WiMAX DSE Radio Urt J WIMAX Channel 3 lower bend 2 Y Basel_Sek3 WLAN_8551_2 4GHz Radio Linit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 Ta Gase 5GHz Seki WLAN_BS2_SGHz Radio Lint t WLAN 5 GHz Chamnel 100 id a r Sase2_SGHz_Sek2 WLAN_852_5GHz Radio Unt 3 WLAN S GHz Channel 108 14 W Base Bt Sek3 WLAN_852_SGHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 5 GHz Chanel 104 34 v Sase3_Seki WLAN_853_2 4G Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 Getz Channel Z Tx x OX z Hs S 7 Westena k Rr R z EN Qa G hey art hal WwW K AT we z N 2 Ra RPT are 6 Z 3 S Ka D gt ET aei ares _ rs L e l N ar L R L ad c i Cursor Point 9x Terrain Profiler x 65097242 Y 533714540 100 MAGL Zm 1 500 ore s Seale t 23241 38 Me Adjust se om oog L Kaz Gh ew ok Glo n oe
121. Strength Data rate and more The demo project Munich has the category Potential Customer with the parameters Height and Y N Text This category can be added also to other projects by importing it from the demo project or by defining it manually 8 2 1 How to Edit Point Categories If a new value type for a point is necessary the point category has to be edited first 1 Choose Points gt Edit Categories Point categories Name Y Measurement WLan_Customer Mad v Options tes i Points Clients Link Calculation Them Create pe EL S n B Edit multiple Assign colour Figure 260 Edit point categories 2 Choose the category that needs to be edited and click on Edit The point category window opens and columns can be added edited deleted or moved up and down When all changes are done click on OK to save the changes brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 161 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name WLan_Customer Power Level Power Level Edit Ordinal Ordinal Height Meter Delete Field Strength Field Strengt Degree Degree Move Up S T OK Cancel Figure 261 Point category windows 8 2 2 How to Create a Point Category 17 1 Choose Points gt Edit Categories categ tes Points Clients Link Calculation Theme
122. TOMIZING THE WORK AREA ya ee cers esse nnan nnn nane nenen nana neeaaea eanne 37 2 3 1 kandik iA ee 37 2 3 2 Adjustment and ZOOM CUSTOMIZATION sss sees eee eee 38 24 VIE PROVECI E XPLORER sccsonnsctcncuncauttnbnsatinece EEEE pcaleed algae senannenancosasdsdwadadctntensasesdemonadnigeanscsieses 39 2 4 1 TIVO S T 40 2a SECIS TT 40 243 VNC POU VS TaD oarre r o acide E OAA O NE AAAA 42 PAA THC CGICUIGHON re 43 245 TRE EICVGUON e le Ere 44 2460 AAE COGOSE OF Dota TOD serecdessnscoscacswonleataconicnsavendarseuansenee E EE EEE EEEN EAEE a 45 LAr TEC E T E E AE E E E E E 45 246 THEN BUGOCE TAD crrr E EE E ETE 46 3 PROJECTS aoaiina E E AAA E E E N T 47 Sl PIET PENO ep aE E E E E A E Meiecsanedateseboninannteaaere 47 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 3 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po S 3 1 1 eoe T 47 3 1 2 COCO O TTT 47 SLL TOE en eer Oreo ee err ee eerie ere er eee er ere een er ee errr errr ene rere tee 49 31211 JAW tO Chane a Colour Profile nessas i E NEAR EN O T RENAE 50 3 1 2 1 2 Howto Adda New Calour N UL 51 3 1 2 2 Empirical Models sss see 52 ILLL Pree Space Propa 1 se 1 enea E E T E ENEN 54 3 1 2 2 1 1 Howto Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Free Space Propagation sse eee 55 SELE MORETA GE e E 56 a HE Eee ee sa E ese 57 FE L A 51 lt e E E E EA E A 58 3 1 2 2 4 1 Howto Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Building Intersection
123. The tool panel of sites tab sss sese seene ennenen 156 The Sites taD receeeaeiaruaenrecereueneaneeseererceeninrearnsinn erence 157 Supported csv file with measurement Information sss sx xx x eee e e e eee e eee ee 158 Measurement points from a measurement without colour information 159 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by visualisation 159 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by coverage sss esec 160 Edit POINT eze Ley 161 Point category WINGOWS sasaestdeauavancenanssteeaasecacatedeanaesearntcetauranersuarieesiuasarennese 162 Create new point categories TTT 162 POW s en e lt s Le 163 New type and eT 163 Save the new ezi lt s le 163 Create points from the MENU sese eee e e e ee e e e ee e e e eee eee 164 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 292 of 297 6 Figure 267 Create a point on the Map cs sese s eee e sese eee seene eenn neee 164 Figure 268 Create a point in the points aD s sese e ee eee eee 164 Figure 269 Choose a category sees eee eee eee 165 Figure 270 Fields for Creating a DOInt sss sese eee e eee ee eee 165 Figure 271 The new point appears on the Map cccsceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaees 166 Figure 272 Editing a point ON the map sss sese ee e eee e e eee eee 166 Figure 273 Editing a point with the help of the points tab cccccsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 166 Figure 274 Edit the desired fields cccscscsecsecrsecsecrceceearsecnea
124. Transp 0 Cance Figure 235 Change multiple radio units window 3 Click on OKto save the changes 7 2 6 Activate or Deactivate Radio Units Radio units can be activated and deactivated on two ways at once or manually brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 144 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 2 6 1 How to Activate or Deactivate Radio Units at once 1 Choose Sites gt Activation gt Radio Units gt Activate All or Deactivate All Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras K Create r ee a lza ic Edit aaas gt Stes gt ee EL Import Antennas Z Radio Units c mR uE r pranan n L Z Cai Export Antennas Antennas gt Deactivate All _ Change Multiple Figure 236 Activate or deactivate all radio units This option could be useful if a calculation needs to be done only with a few radio units whereat a lot of radio units need to be deactivated Simply choose Deactivate All and activate manually the few radio units needed By the time a calculation is done all radio units can be activated with Activate All 7 2 6 2 How to Activate or Deactivate Radio Units manually 1 For manually setting radio units active or inactive simply open the Sites tab in the Project Explorer Activation ve xe 7 ve xe Y Data V YP WIMAX BS1 Radio Unit 1
125. Unlike the mif format the kml format can be used with many programs The most common is Google Earth which can import and display kml isolines brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 260 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 12 Additional Functions 12 1 Show on Google Maps Google Maps is a map service of Google With the option Show on Google Maps a chosen point can be shown on Google Maps lt i 12 1 1How to Use the function Show on Google Maps 1 Jake a right click on a point of the map and select the option Show on Google Maps a e A aii H i Pa l P g gt Bechiinghoven xy Create Site PN Create Client i E Create Point Show on Google Maps c _ m Pa z L Figure 438 Show on Google Maps 2 An internet browser will be opened and load the website of Google Maps After this the selected point of the WiMAP 4G project is the center of the map of Google Maps 12 2 Activation Deactivation Many objects in WiMAP 4G can be activated deactivated on GUI There are various methods to do it How to activate deactivate Sites Radio Units Antennas Points Clients can be read in the previous chapters lt i 12 2 1How to Activate und Deactivate Layers 1 Open the Layers Tab in the Project Explorer 2 Right click any entry on the Layers Tab and click on Filter Activation brown iposs GmbH User
126. WLAN_BS52_5GHz WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 17 000 93 47 100 00 alcatel lucent WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 17 000 QAM16 3 4 75 92 100 00 Edit alvarion WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 23 000 94 59 100 00 beceem WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLan 2 4GHz 24 90 10 16 12 000 121 59 100 00 DIELS 2 S E brown iposs WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz WLan 2 4 GHz 24 360 17 8 0 000 106 26 37 72 Clients Link Calculation Thi Create Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points iy 5 Edit Profiles Figure 311 Choose the client and click on Edit 2 Change the values for the client and click on OK to save the settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 185 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss Sa 9 4 Assign Clients to Sites Clients can be assigned to the nearest site To make it easier for the user there is a setting to do that lt i 9 4 1 How to Assign Clients to Sites 1 Choose Clhlents gt Assign to Sites and click on OK Clients Link Calculation The Create i Do you want to assign all Edit clients to their nearest site Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points E 2 S Cancel Edit Profiles Figure 312 Assign clients to the nearest site 9 5 How to Use the Terrain Profiler for Client to Site 1 Create a chent like in 9 2 1 described 2 Take a right cli
127. a Dorad Antenna 0 Site4 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 0_2 Sitel Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 10 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 10 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 120 Sitel Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 120 site2 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 120 Site4 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 20 Site4 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 20 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 Sitel Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 site2 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 Site4 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad a RSS SS KKK KKK Sie Figure 251 Select the site by right click in the sites tab 2 The sites settings window will be opened and offer access to site description radio units and antennas i Position x 6 55 59 984 T 50 56 47 770 Z m 54 006 District Municipality Colour p Colour W Change Transp 0 Street Components 5 IS Radio Unit 1 1 i Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 i E G Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 i Antenna 240 Figure 252 Site Settings window brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 155 of 297
128. able they have to be created before creating a client profile A short introduction how to create antennas can be found in chapter 7 1 1 2 iane 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 Browse Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 Options Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Power dBm 12 877 E Cancel Figure 301 Fill in all fields 4 Click OK to add this profile to the project Generally the user needs to generate more than one profile so create as many as you need brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 180 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name Y WLan 2 4 GHz 24 360 17 8 WLan 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 WLan 2 4GHz 24 90 10 16 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 19 Figure 302 Created carriers 5 Click on Close to return to the map 9 1 2 How to Edit Client Profiles 1 Choose Clhlents gt Edit Profiles 17 Name v WLan 2 4 GHz 24 360 17 8 WLan 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 WLan 2 4GHz 24 90 10 16 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 19 Link Calculation The Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Figure 303 Edit carriers 2 Select a profile and click OK to edit it If all settings are done click OK to save the Changes brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 181 of 297 broad
129. act power level for the real position of a client The alternative to get a power level for a client is simply to read them on the map after doing a power level calculation This alternative will not be exact as long as the user does not specify a few 1000 colour profiles It is not necessary because of the client coverage calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 196 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The client tab in the Project Explorer shows all clients used in the current project and the according values coverage power level C I carrier to interferer Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I alrspan WLAN BS2 5GHz2 WLAN SGHz Net 17 000 alcatel lucent WLAN _BS2_5GHz WLAN 5GHz Net 17 000 QAM16 3 4 75 92 100 00 alvarion WLAN _BS _5GHz WLAN 5GHz Net 23 000 beceem WLAN BS3_ 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 13 17 05 brown iposs WLAN BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 25 000 71 77 2 11 intel WLAN _BS1_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 26 000 OPSK 3 4 81 70 18 91 navini WLAN _BS3_ 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 23 000 QAM16 3 4 65 21 20 54 proxim WLAN BS1_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 6 000 redline WLAN _BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 QAM64 1 2 69 11 25 99 2 cD X IK KI K K FR IK K K H Sites t Layers 8 Points feCalculation Elevation Cadastral Clients UK Budget Figure 328 The clients tab in the Project Explorer Not
130. ad 120 00 Stella Dorad 20 00 Stella Dorad 240 00 Stella Dorad 240 00 Stella Dorad 240 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 Site4 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad a X XKX X X X X X X X XX BG a XS XS S S X X K X K XRK K X ey Layers Points Flevatio adastra Clients Figure 196 Right click in the sites tab and click on Create Copy in context menu 2 The setting window of an antenna with the same parameter like the selected antenna will be opened and can be edited brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 121 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 17 brown iposs GmbH ID Name Radio Unit Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Direction Direction 0 000 Downtilt o o00 T Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Antenna Type Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 z Options Attenuation S Cable Loss dB 0 000 Position Pattern Colour Electrical Downtilt From 0 000 To 91 10 000 w Options All Patterns 1 Proper Carrier Spectrum Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Polarisation Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Downtilt Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Carrier Frequency Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Bad Match Figure 197 Antenna settings of a copied antenna 3 After all changes click on OK to save the settings Th
131. adastral Layer Name Color DXF Building Classes iPoint Colors Reset To Template Cancel Figure 118 Edit cadastral data layers 2 At the bottom of the window double click the desired layer or choose the layer and click on Edit The layer configuration window appears brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 79 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems C Ignore Cadastral Layer Name lec Color S Change Transp 0 Priority 0 canca Figure 119 Choose Visualisation or Ignore 3 Decide whether a layer should be visible or not by choosing Visualisation or Ignore 4 Rename the layer This is useful to keep track if there are many layers 5 Change the colour transparency and priority of the layer Priority can be set between 0 and 1 000 Layers with higher priority always crossfade layers with lower priority Click on OK Layer DXF Layer Name Y Cadastral Layer Name Color Edit io 0 GG GG Delete GN GN Gp GP HP l 1 Reset To Template Cancel Figure 120 Edited cadastral layers 6 If everything went well the cadastral model should have changed colours brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 80 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 121 Cadastral data changed colour In the cadastral data tab of the Project Explorer the cadastr
132. al data can be deleted from the project Name Repository Path ga dkm dxf C Users robert Desktop dkm dxf Sites Tula l pal Baral Fle Ma Sci pin Figure 122 The Cadastral Data tab 4 2 Elevation Models Elevation models are a basic feature of WiMAP 4G They are essential in a project They should ideally be imported when creating a preconfigured project Elevation models are needed for proper use of the Terrain Profiler and propagation model calculations They will always be more efficient if an elevation model is available Elevation models show the heights of every point in the selected area within the Terrain Profiler A manual import is hypothetically possible but the asc or asg file format which is required is not available on the free market 4 2 1 How to Import an Elevation Model 1 Open Geodata gt Elevation Modef gt Load From File brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 81 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Elevation Model gt Buildings b Load from Web Maps K a Clear Figure 123 Load an elevation model 2 Choose File and click on OK to import the elevation model If the elevation model was imported successfully it should be shown in the elevation tab of the Project Explorer Name Path munich asc C Program Files x86 WiIMAP 4G demo
133. alculation everything worked out fine If a black line is shown the antenna is not placed well Take a look at the environment with the help of the Terrain Profiler to find out what happened In most cases a mountain or a building interferes the connection E 0 ie Bonn Site2 9 an E wer ee k G A raai A BOnneGa ste ll E b Py R era 84 Tir j l k 1 ar OT pec FE w s z lee i BS Cann a E Bonn Figure 367 A black line signalizes problems 10 6 The Coverage Theme This theme is the basic theme used by the field strength area calculation The coverage theme provides a margin that can be determined for the project It is a useful feature to run some tests to find out how the coverage changes by using different margins brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 219 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems area calculation was made Note that the coverage theme will be created at that height the field strength lt i 10 6 1How to Create a Coverage Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers a better overview but takes more time to calculate i To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a coverage theme e Choose Themes gt Coverage gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help
134. ample Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation SI E 202 Figure 338 Client coverage calculation settings for Free Space Propagation s xes ee x 203 Figure 339 A client coverage calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation 203 Figure 340 WinProp field strength calculations SCttinGS cccccscsesecseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeaees 204 Figure 341 The points tab in the Project Explrer cccccceceeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeseseeaeeeeaees 205 Figure 342 The points on the Terrain Explorer sese ee eee e eee eee 205 Figure 343 The points tab in the Project Explorer with additional power level and field Strength COMMING TT 206 Figure 344 Open the settings from MENU sese e ee eee e e eee e e eee e ee eee 206 Figure 345 Open the settings from points tab sss sese eee ee eee eee 207 Figure 346 The point field strength Calculation settings sese sees eee e eee e e eee e e e eee eee 207 Figure 347 Choose the type that fits the situation sese e e eee e e e eee eee 208 Figure 348 50 coverage probability ss sss sx see ee eee ee eee eenn neee 209 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 294 of 297 6 Figure 349 A point field strength calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 resolution absolute 5 M sss sse eee e eee ee eee e eee eee 209 Figure 350 Point field strength calculation settings for CORLA cccccscsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 210 Figure 351 resolution
135. an be saved or discarded brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 67 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Project Geodata Carrier D New lar 1d New project le Save Ctrl S Save As Print Ctrl P Properties Exit munich rap munich rap Figure 97 Create a new project The Create Project Dialogue appears Do you want to start a pre configured project using online data sources or create a gt T ype project from scratch Location Geodata Create preconfigured project using geodata available online Site Create a new project with geographic coordinate system for which the elevation model Project Directory can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a coarse basic satellite image can be dovmloaded Configure Proxy Create empty project Create a new empty project with the specified coordinate system Leave elevation model and maps for manual setup which may be performed later Coordinate System UTM C Gauss Krueger Geographic Zone Stripe 32 South Of Equator Specify area by coordinates k noe enh _ cares Figure 98 Dialogue for creating a project There are two ways to create a new project e Create a preconfigured project with elevation model e Create an empty project 3 2 1 Create Preconfigured Projects This option creates a new project with a geograp
136. annel 1 lower band 21 0 0 00 Stella v Basel_Seki WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella v Basel_Sek2 WiIMAX BS1 Radio Unit 2 WIMAX Channel 2 lower band 21 0 120 00 Stella v Basel_Sek2 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 120 00 Stella v Basel_Sek3 WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 3 WiMAX Channel 3 lower band 21 0 240 00 Stella v Basel_Sek3 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 240 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek1 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 14 8 0 00 Stella vV Base2_5GHz_Sek2 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 14 8 240 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek3 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 14 8 120 00 Stella v Base3_Seki WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella gt Sites Layers Points Calculation Elevation Cadastral Clients E Link Budget Figure 213 The sites tab 4 Ina table or a tree data of the window all antennas can be activated or deactivated 5 Asan alternative choose Sites gt Activation gt Antennas gt Activate All Deactivate All brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 130 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems L lt i 7 1 8 2 How to Invert Activation 1 Open the Site tab in the Project Explorer and right click on an antenna 2 Select Activation gt Invert Activation
137. anning e operations support systems e Clients e Link Budget calculation The view can be changed at every time At the bottom of the screen the Terrain Profiler can be found as well as the log and cursor windows Access the control bar below the menu bar The control bar enables a boundless moving around the terrain including buttons for all essential functions 2 2 2 Elements of the Control Bar i Create a new project An open project can be saved or discarded v Load a project from a rad file An open project can be saved or discarded Save the current project One step back This function affects only changes on the work area Calculations and object actions cannot be reverted One step forward This function affects only changes on the work area Calculations and object actions cannot be reverted Shift the visible area to west Shift the visible area to north EC Shift the visible area to east dk Shift the visible area to south N Shift the area to center the cursor brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 26 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S E Scale up the visible area Options can be found at Extras gt Global Settings gt Plot Scale down the visible area Options can be found at Extras gt Global Settings gt Plot Optimal adjustment of the visible area Scales up or down and shift to put all objects to the plot Centers
138. annot be guaranteed 100 of the time This probability maybe affected by weather or atmospheric conditions For high frequency carriers the weather can make the little difference between a working and a useless signal The temperature is able to affect the coverage too Depending on this it is always recommended to set this value not too low The calculation result may look very nice in theory but in reality none of the customers may receive a satisfying signal A good result with a high value as for example 70 is a good basis for a real project Figure 332 50 coverage probability For example the rectangle in Figure 332 has a 50 chance for this area receiving a signal which can be demodulated with QAM 64 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 199 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems v To change the model parameters or the standard coverage probability see chapter 3 1 2 2 3 SS Name Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I beceem WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 13 32 73 W proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 8 000 111 11 0 06 Ml redline WLAN BS 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 QPSK 3 4 81 73 30 44 bq Sites Ten Layers IE Points dxcalculat L ag Elevatio Beadastra p FJLink Bu Figure 333 A client coverage calculation example Munich Erceg A co
139. are supported too Minimum system requirements e Operating System Windows XP 7 8 or similar has to be windows e Computer Processor Pentium III with at least 1 GHz or equivalent e Computer Memory 2048 MB or more e Internet connection is required to get a license file Community Edition and to use OpenStreetMap Since WiMAP 4G is Java based other platforms may be supported on request A 64 bit Java Runtime Environment is included in WiMAP 4G brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 14 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning s operations support systems D Ss S P 1 4 Installation On http www brown iposs com en wimap4g download php you will find all required installation files a list of features and the WiMAP 4G software license agreement The windows installer file WiMAP 4G Professional Community Edition is required for installation It is a zip file which needs to be unzipped before the installation q 1 4 1 How to Install WiMAP 4G 1 Unzip the downloaded WiMAP 4G v6_1_0 setupNN zip NN 32 or 64 according to your choice 2 Start installation by double clicking the extracted setup exe j5 Setup WiMAP 4G o S lea Welcome to the WiIMAP 4G Setup Wizard This will install WiMAP 4G v6 on your computer it is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Figure 3 Installation has been
140. art cnce vents cascnsdenteneutavesenetccttyenteccaventacievestcatavestaciiresincteventactnenane 20 Figure L PIOt gt siel dle 20 AGUS Wye INS ICG E E E E E E E E 21 Figure 16 Check for New Version menues eee eee e eee e e e ee e e e eee eee 22 Figure 17 WiMAP 4G launches for the first time sese s see eee eee e e eee eee 23 Figure 18 Demo project Munich sss ss ss sse se eee ee eenn eenn enen 24 Figure 19 Graphical user interface WOrkK area eee eee e ee eee eee 25 PUGS 20 CSO sll ree ec es estes a ee eee ee 28 Figure 21 Rectangle ZOOM sss sese ee eee eee 29 Figure 22 Mark AN area cesse eee e eee 29 Figure 23 Distance measurement OOs esse eee eee eee 30 Figure 24 The Terrain Profiler looks like the distance measurement tool cceeeeeeeeeeees 31 Figure 25 The Terrain Profiler tab cscsccscsrsecsecrcecsearceceecrsecuearsecuearseceearsueuearsesusarsegues 31 Figure 26 The Fresnel Zone is interrupted esse eee eee eee ee eee eee 31 Figure 27 The Terrain Profiler configuration MENU s e eee e e e ee e e e ee e e e ee e e eee eee 32 Figure 28 Change title font and colour sss sss sss secs sese eee esen 32 SIII AS TNS DOUI iron EEEE EEE EEEE EEEE 33 Figure 30 Disabled tick labels sss cesse eee 33 Figure 31 Enabled tick labelS sss s esec 33 Figure 32 Enabled tick marks esse eee eee eee 33 Figure 33 Disabled tick maS sees eee eee eee 33 Figure 34 The range tab sss secs sese esse eenn enen 34 Figure 35 T
141. as ID Tx Power Direction Type Height AGL Dt Elect Figure 227 Radio unit settings window 3 For saving the new radio unit click on OK To save the changes of the site click again on OK in the site settings window Take a look in chapter 7 1 1 1 for creating an antenna in a radio unit T 7 2 2 How to Edit a Radio Unit 1 Open the edit window of a site like in 7 3 2 or right click the desired radio unit in the Sites tab and click on Edit 2 The radio unit settings window will be open brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 139 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name EAE Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 x v Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Bands 1 Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type Height AGL Dt Elect Figure 228 Edit a radio unit 3 If all changes are done click on OK to save the changes By clicking Cancel all changes will be lost 7 2 3 How to Copy a Radio Unit 1 Right click the desired radio unit in the Sites tab and choose Create Copy 17 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 140 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Ca Gr Radio Unit 2 jf Antenna 120 Change Multiple Activation xf Antenna 20 l amp Radi
142. at considers the closest four neighbours and calculates the average value of their heights e Nearer of both Considers the nearest neighbour and carries its value e Maximum of both Considers the closest neighbour with the highest value best case e Minimum of both Considers the closest neighbour with the lowest value worst case The Pathloss Storage Precision can be changed to one two and four bytes One byte should only be chosen if there is a large project to plan and only obsolete hardware can be used There could be an aberration up to half a dB if 1 Byte is chosen for pathloss 4 Byte is very precise but it could take a long time to calculate large projects With current hardware 4 Byte is fine Project Properties General Empirical models Calculation Theme Resolution Absolute m 10 000 oie CIS eae ITE Pixel Relative 10 00 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 2 Attenuation Interpolation Lj i Erceg Model rpo Linear Interpolation between lower and upper value Visibility C Nearer of both lower and upper values CORLA Raylauncher L s Maximum of both lower and upper values Model Parameters C Minimum of both lower and upper values i WinProp Elevation Model Pathloss Storage Precision 4 Bytes DXF C 2 Bytes Building Classes Point Colours C 1 Byte Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 70 The Empirical Models Settings tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 53
143. atio Badastra clients E uink Bud Figure 192 Right click in sites tab and click on Edit in context menu 2 Change the desired parameters and click on OK Radio Unit Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Direction SE Direction 240 000 Downtilt 0 000 T Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To f Lower Edge Center Antenna Type Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Y Options Pe Cable Loss dB 0 000 Position pattern Colour Position I Ac Site Relative Translation Absolute Coordinates o O0 00 000 Y 10 O0 00 000 Figure 193 Antenna Settings window 3 To save the changes the setting windows of radio unit and site has also to be closed with the OK button By clicking Cancel all changes will be lost brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 119 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Antennas can be deleted Jn this case follow the steps described above and Click on Delete 7 1 2 2 How to Edit Antenna Types 1 Choose Antenna Types gt Edit Name Carrier Stella Doradus 24 360 17 8 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLA Stella Doradus 24 60 10 17 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAWN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLA Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLA Stella Doradus 35 360 17 1 WIMAX Channel 2 upper band WiIMAX Channel 1 low
144. ation Horz 9 000 Vert 20 000 Spin 0 000 Reset view Figure 453 Example of a 3D view As shown in Figure 453 all buildings are created in the 3D view A coverage calculation with the typical parameters and colours can be seen here brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 272 of 297 P em e Iposs 14 2 Navigate the 3D View Navigation inside the 3D view is quite simple Holding down the right mouse button enables the look function Simply slide the mouse to change the camera view Holding down the left mouse button enables the move function Slide the mouse to move around the map With these two functions nearly every move can be done on the map On the bottom at the window the values for the 3D view can be changed These seven values allow to view everything on the map from every angle and distance If you have changed one of the values click with the left mouse button in the 3D view X and Y describe the actual coordinates of the camera Horizontal and vertical describe the angle of the camera Experimenting a little with these values make it quite clear how to use them Z spin and distension are interesting labels They can make it much easier to locate and show specific objects These labels are for experienced user Keep in mind that they can also cause the whole view to vanish from the screen if useless values were inserted x 689537 77 T 5334260 62 z m 960 598 Distension Z 1 00 Horz
145. ations and 50 points of the same type within one project Moreover it is not possible to use the highest accuracy level for calculations Some import and export functions are working in the Professional Edition only This version is a sample of the software which gives the user an opportunity to try it out without having to purchase a complete version It is completely suitable for smaller projects 1 2 2 WiMAP 4G Professional Edition The WiMAP 4G Professional Edition is the chargeable version of the program It contains all functions of the WiMAP 4G Community Edition including the following additional features e generates buildings and wood from cadastral data e imports CORINE data e provides calculations with the highest accuracy brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 13 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S E e CORLA Raylauncher Cube Oriented Ray Launching Algorithm as an additional propagation model e WinProp as an additional propagation model e large selection of antenna patterns e extended export formats The WiMAP 4G Professional Edition offers high flexibility and delivers additional tools for planning carrier networks Figure 2 The Professional Edition offers CORLA as an additional propagation model 1 3 System Requirements WiMAP 4G is a Java based software and therefore compatible with every windows operating system 64 bit systems
146. ay Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable A special license is needed to use WinProp models which can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support info brown iposs eu 10 2 1 6 General Settings After deciding on a propagation model and configuring it there are a few additional settings that need to be done First of all we need to set the height of the calculation above ground level Usually this value should be something as the antenna height or corresponding A low value 1 m for example could cause a bad result because at this height there are a lot of interferers for the signal Next thing to decide is if the calculation is restricted to a specific technology This can be useful in large projects with many different technologies in use Note that the program will simply calculate in all technologies without a restriction which may double or multiply the calculation time in some cases At last the specific coordinates of the calculated area can be set If the blue area frame is shown on the screen the coordinates will always be the coordinates of the vertices of that blue frame When all settings are done click on OK to start the calculation As mentioned above a calculation can take some time so do not close the program 10 3 The Client Coverage Calculation The client coverage calculation is a useful feature of WiMAP 4G for example to calculate the ex
147. band wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss o 9 2 Client Creation Assuming that all necessary client profiles have been added a client can be created now 9 2 1 How to Create Clients 1 There are three possibilities to create a client in WiMAP 4G e Choose Chents gt Create Clients Link Calculation Th y Create i Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Edit Profiles Figure 304 Create clients from the menu e Right click the desired position on the map and click on Create Client i Create Site iy Create Client Create Point Show in Google Maps Figure 305 Create clients on the map e Right click in the Clients Tab and choose New Name y Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I New Insert Figure 306 Create clients from the clients tab F Clients can also be created in the Project Explorer by clicking Insert 2 In the appearing windows enter the following values brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 182 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Name of the client usually the customer e The site which should be used by the client e The Client profile A client profile needs to be chosen In case there is none it needs to be created here A sho
148. broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems be created in WiMAP 4G for every single case created or edited by program buildings calculations elevation sites clients points etc In the Project Explorer of the Layers tab all layers are listed Name OpenStreetMap Background Images Elevation Visualization Visibility Visualization Calculation Buildings Elevation Model Regions Isolines Isolines Labels Measurements Building Heights PNT Potential Customer Labels PNT potential customer Labels Clients Site Labels PNT Potential Customer PNT potential customer Clients Labels Antennas Sites Line based Calculation Cursor Point Debug Legend X X X X X K JA K K K S K K K K K SSR SS L K Points E alcula as Eevat Clients AJLink B Figure 47 The Layers tab In Figure 47 you can see the Layers tab in the Project Explorer where everything is activated except debug and building heights To deactivate a layer simply uncheck the box next to the layer name Layers will be created automatically while performing actions such as calculations or building creation The layers given in this example are the standard layers preconfigured for every project Not all of them are used while creating a new project R te ot hae Figure 48 Buildings layer enabled and disabled brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6
149. by right clicking antennas 3 The coverage theme window opens brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 221 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Technology WLAN 2 4 GHS Antennas C Deactivate others Y Activate all Average Utilization TS Own Cell Interterence 9 Thermal Noise Density dBm He Noise Figure Receiver dE Coloring Margin ee Margin dB 10 000 cancel Figure 371 Coverage theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all antennas or only for the actual antenna Only works by right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Coverage or marking the antennas and clicking on E WiMAP 4G will automatically assign the grayed values 5 Choose a margin and click on OK WLAN 2 4 GHz 9 WLAN_BS2_SGHz Figure 372 A coverage theme example Munich 10 dB margin brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 222 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 373 A coverage theme example Munich 0 dB margin 10 7 The Best Server Theme Learned from its name the best server theme shows the antenna that offers the best signal for a specific area In most cases the nearest antenna is not the best choice for a customer A few circumstances for example the environment and the buildings need to be considered while calculating the best antenna WiMAP 4G offers the best
150. c E Cancel OK Cancel Figure 28 Change title font and colour Click on Plot tab to make some additional configurations brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 32 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Title Plot Other xY Plot General Label Distance m Coordinates To Coordinates Font SansSerif plain 12 Select Paint eee Eec Other Ticks Range M Show tick labels Tick label font SansSerif plain 10 Select NM Show tick marks a Figure 29 The plot menu The Plot tab contains all settings according to the axes Change the label text by editing the label field Font and text colour can also be changed within the tab There are some additional settings provided at the bottom of the window Tick labels can be enabled or disabled 63 5 E 30 63 0 20 10 62 5 o Nistance Iml Coordinates To Coordinates He ap S Figure 30 Disabled tick labels ap S ess 25 25 63 0 62 5 o Oo 5 10 15 20 2 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 5 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 Distance ml Coordinates To Coordinates Figure 31 Enabled tick labels Tick label marks can also be enabled or disabled S 30 35 40 4 Figure 32 Enabled tick marks 25 20 35 40 amp Figure 33 Disabled tick marks brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 33 of 297
151. ceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 4 50 00 Resolution Absolute m 10 000 f Pixel Relative 9 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 686584 01 X 10 695891 535 Y From 53335667 54 Y To 5336663 70 OK mmm Figure 318 Field strength area calculation settings for the Erceg model At first it has to be decided which propagation model should be used All remaining settings depend on the specific propagation model 10 2 1 1 With the Erceg Model The first thing to decide is whether the calculation should be made with the Erceg A B or C model It depends on the environmental circumstances A Hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density This model is associated with the highest path loss B Terrain type B is characterized by mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree densities or a hilly terrain with light tree densities C Terrain type C is used for flat terrain with light tree densities producing the lowest path loss Custom It is also possible to create a custom profile in the WiMAP 4G settings This is only recommended for experienced users who know the used parameters exactly and can handle them correctly For Community Edition users the calculation cannot be more precise than 50 m which is usually enough to get an overview but not enough for a precise calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 190 of 297
152. ck on a ient and select Terrain Profiler in the context menu S Edit Delete Terrain Profiler Create Site E Create Client d Create Point f s Show in Google Maps L R CAAA Figure 313 Context menu of a client brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 186 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning s operations support systems C E P x 7 06 47 743 50 44 46 229 B R G eS a 100 90 gt ore Sakae Uae I mamo T RRR e on 80 Sn i S ii f Elevation Scale 1 2806 03 N Adjust A t 2 Ke 70 Buildings 25 n e Fresnel Zone 60 Pathloss 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 Distance m Sample Site Antenna O To Test Figure 314 Terrain Profile between client and site 9 6 Invalid Clients An invalid client is marked in the client tab with red colour and a dashed line between the client and a site A client is invalid if the carriers of the radio units of a site do not match with the carrier of the client Site Carrier Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level Antenna Gain Tx Power ES Test Testi Site 1 0 000 8 00 Figure 316 Invalid client in the clients tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 187 of 297 e Iposs 10Calculations and Themes Calculations and themes are the most interesting part of WiMAP 4G Basically this is the aspec
153. ct for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overlooked Calculation voaa Road orientation phi 90 000 Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Pixel Relative 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 687177 39 X To 695298 15 Y From 5333875 62 Y To 5338495 62 Cancel Figure 323 Field strength area calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 193 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems To configure the ITU R P 1411 3 see chapter 3 1 2 2 2 Figure 324 A field strength area calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation 90 resolution absolute 5 m 10 2 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model The Free Space Propagation Model is the easiest model of all and therefore it does not need a lot of adjustments The resolution of the calculation can be set either in or in meter Higher means higher precision whereas the value in m needs to be low for a good precision Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is large So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overlooked Calculation Model lade Te alae Ed
154. daenundsadieaenadscesaedas 127 7 1 6 1 How to Export Antennas lt nc ccwetssotnscntvessvectisessanguneesgne sd rana rA sauaniawncsaanensnagatecned EEKE KANONEN pees EEEN KERERE NEKANE RS 127 TAG IPOT FCS sererai iae E E EE E EE EENE EEN 127 7 1 7 1 HOW tO leet L 128 7 1 7 2 How to import Antenna TYDES accraswsrvensivenistecventontedurasyccxondews EE OEE NNE EE Ea 129 7 1 8 Activate or Deactivate Antennas sss sss sese eee eee eee 130 7 1 8 1 How to Activate Deactivate Antennas ee 130 7 1 8 2 HOw OWEN CTI AUG fecr aea tnnce tes de cavacstanauark ade auaqh Manauasaee nana a anauawseanauestt aneuaeassuenientant 131 7 1 8 3 How to Activate Antennas by a Filter sss eee eee eee eee 131 7 49 Invalid AN ENNS careen eee Sen ee TE ee ee ete ee 132 7 1 10 Distributed MIMO ANtennns e see eee 135 7 1 10 1 How to Create Distributed MIMO Antennas see eee 135 Ta RADIO UNIT icteric en vnc ec re ct sue eaves eaves ne nations cet A E dea tuaanshatetacs 137 7 2 1 HOW to Create eiee 138 722 HOW COEGIE GO Radio Unit sosiaciovatacescapsdandsccssans cveidoasanadeaaisseadaotedabedsiatoddacheuadnenisesedaaiananears 139 I23 HOWTO CODY OC Rado UD visi asacscnssiarsusiesiowastesasncsessaccesesisemelnsawmiaeseseciatebecemansianoantecncealee 140 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 5 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 2 4 How to Change Carrier in a Radio UHE sss sees 142 7 2 5 How to Change Radio
155. dband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Change Only active points All points Category Measurement z Column Power Value dBm 78 000 OK Cancel Figure 276 Choose column and value 8 4 Point Activation Points can be active or inactive as well as antennas sites and clients This can be beneficial for example for making a calculation 8 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate Points Points can be activated or deactivated in different ways depending on the user Fast way 1 Choose Points gt Activation and one of these options e Activate all All points of a chosen point category will be set to active e Deactivate all All points of a chosen point category will be set to inactive e Invert activation All active points will be inactivated and all inactive will be activated point category needs to be chosen s Rectangular activation After choosing a point category the four vertices of a rectangle can be altered to coordinates and all points inside will be activated e Circular activation After choosing a point category both center coordinates and radius can be set and all points inside the circle will be activated e Filter activation Points can be activated based on a filter with the following parameters Power Level SNR and Carrier Slow but precise way 2 All points of the specific category are shown in the point tab of the Project Explorer T
156. dels Settings aD secs cesse eee eee 53 The Free Space Propagation Settings Lab cesse eee eee eee eee 54 Choose free Space propagation model cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaees 55 Click Add to add new parameters scs s sse cesse eee e eee 55 Pathloss exponents and factor cesses eee eee eee eenn 55 The ITU R P 1411 3 settings tab ccecceeseceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseesesensesenness 56 The Erceg Model Settings tab css esec e eee ee eee 57 Elevation model visibility sese eee eee eee eee eee 58 Visibility Of empirical modele s sse sees eee ee eee 59 Click Add to add NEW ParaMetelS cccceceeeececeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeates 59 IL TA ETTR le ccrcindearesaeiauntnarisasiaeeinasisnviesnisnnsneriersiaenisarieunienrisnnaeriniaeriaasert 59 Click OK to Save the CHANGES cccscscsecscsrcecsenrceceenrcecsenrceseentseseeatseseearsaseeares 60 The created parameter appears in the liSt ccccecsesecseeeeeeeeseeeeseseeeeesenensnseass 60 Whe CORA SCRAGS Ta css csatesacascicncaaeataentcncccvetasatanerescaasacanabevederaaseeancieherasas 60 TASE COREA AiG OMG e lt ia ieee trea aiatervatencreted eaten ea eticateiettwstananaaiaualeaeeeateaaeeians 61 The CORLA Model Parameters aD ss sees s sese 62 The WinProp PrOPesrtieS ccccecscscsecsesrcessenrceceenecuseenecusnesseesnesseusueusensuensenseeues 63 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 288 of 297 6 Sr ae See TS Te Ve IS OER Iposs Figure
157. dio units and antennas before continuing with this chapter It is also necessary to take a look at the involved parameters used for antennas and calculations 7 1 Antennas There are a few preconfigured antennas but depending on the project other may be needed to make a proper calculation Different companies offer different antennas with different parameters Antennas should be created to design the project as close to reality as possible 7 1 1 Create Antennas As mentioned before new antennas sometimes need to be added to make calculations with the exact antenna type for a proper result WiMAP 4G allows the creation of antennas with the help of patterns 7 1 1 1 How to Create Antennas 1 Open a site or radio unit like in 7 3 2 or 7 2 2 or right click any antenna in the Sites tab and click on New brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 113 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems We Me L ve ge Y Data ie N Site 1 gt M Radio Unit 1 9 B Radio Unit 2 R E Antenna 120 i Edit Enter ST S S Radio Unit 3 Delete Delete LA Antenna 240 M EB Ante Create Copy Copy Change Multiple gt Activation gt Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Antenna 0 Site 1 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorac
158. e Resolution 7 Absolute m 10 000 TY Pixel Relative 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 le Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates x From 687177 39 X To 6952798 15 Y From 5333875 62 Ta 5338495 62 cancel Figure 325 Field strength area calculation settings for Free Space Propagation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 194 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems jalcatel lucent WLAN B 1_24GHz WLAN _BS2_SGHz Figure 326 A field strength area calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation Resolution absolute 5 m 10 2 1 5 With WinProp WinProp is for propagation modeling in different scenarios with different model types of calculation Field Strength Calculation Calculation Model WinProp Type Dominant Path Model Height AGL m 10 000 W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz X From 686101 29 x To 94374 25 Y From 5333675 62 Y To 5335495 62 cance Figure 327 WinProp field strength calculations settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 195 of 297 6 N aent POSSESS HANTS ICES TSE RI Iposs The Dominant Path Model calculates the path loss on the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing The Empirical Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking if the point is hidden or unreachable The Deterministic Two R
159. e Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Antenna 0 Sample Site Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Antenna 120 a Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Antenna 120 s Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Antenna 120 Sample Site Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Antenna 120 Sample Site Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Antenna 240 a Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Antenna 240 s Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Antenna 240 Sample Site Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Antenna 240 Sample Site Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 K K KR KKR KRKK K KRK bal s Layers Points Calcula BxCalcula 4 Elevat cada Clients E linkB Figure 218 Site tab with invalid antennas brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 133 of 297 I brewn broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Iposs sae Name Radio Unit 1 Carrier Power dBm 14 771 Pilot SS 100 00 Bands p Colour Colour W Change Transp 9 0 Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type New Antenna O 14 8 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Antenna 10 14 8 10 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Edit Delete Radio Unit Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 Direction Direction 0 000 Downtilt 0 000 T Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000
160. e example Munich 10 dB marGin ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 226 A best server theme example Munich 0 dB madine esse esec eee eee 226 Create carrier to interferer theme from menu sees eee e eee ee e eee e e e eee e eee ee 227 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab s ses eee eee eee eee eee 228 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas HEH N revi ine eeenieerieeties 228 Carrier to interferer theme settings secs eee ecce ee ee eee e e eee e eee 229 Field strength area calculation Erceg A esse eee 229 A carrier to interferer theme example 10 dB margin sss s esec e eee eee eee 230 A carrier to interferer theme example 0 dB margin ccccsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 230 Marker TO the ean 230 Create power level theme from menu ss sse e eee ee e eee e e ee ee e eee e eee 231 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 295 of 297 Figure 390 Figure 391 Figure 392 Figure 393 Figure 394 Figure 395 Figure 396 Figure 397 Figure 398 Figure 399 antennas Figure 400 Figure 401 Figure 402 Figure 403 Figure 404 Figure 405 Figure 406 Figure 407 Figure 408 Figure 409 Figure 411 Figure 412 Figure 413 Figure 414 Figure 415 Figure 416 Figure 417 Figure 418 Figure 419 Figure 420 Figure 421 Edition Figure 422 Figure 423 Figure 424 Figure 425 Figure 426 Figure 427 Figure 428 Figure 429 Figure 430 brown iposs GmbH 6 C
161. e information i gt Additional structures can be added or edited in the WiMAP 4G settings See 5 After mapping all desired structures to the corresponding building class click on Finish The imported structures appear on the map brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 104 of 297 Iposs Er Figure 171 A whole region created with CORINE Tn Additional buildings can be added by loading the same CORINE file again 5 7 Delete Buildings 5 7 1 How to Delete Building manually 1 7ake a right click on the building which you want to delete and select in the context menu Delete Bullding es K erdibebennilfe c Create Site Create Client j Create Point bu Show in Google Maps Par X Assign Building Attributes Edit Building X Delete Building mai Figure 172 Context menu of a building 2 The building is deleted successfully 5 8 Clear Building Cache Clearing the building cache deletes all buildings from the project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 105 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 8 1 How to Clear Building Cache 1 Choose Geodata Buildings Clear All buildings will be deleted brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 106 of 297 prewn broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems D O 5 S 6 Carrier Carriers are
162. e location dimension and the cultivation of an individual parcel Cadastral data can be purchased at the local land survey register For presentations it can be useful to see the exact data signal power for a customer The destination of a site can be planned better if the user knows what is out there Cadastral data is not as important as a good elevation model but it can help the user to get an idea of the environment and take account of some special circumstances which may exist Import cadastral data in dxf meaning direct interchange format 4 1 1 How to Import Cadastral Data 1 Open Geodata and choose Load Cadastral Data Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Elevation Model pace I N HQ Q Qe Buildings Maps a Load Cadastral Data Load Background Image Load Cadastral Data Clear Figure 112 Load cadastral data 2 When the configuration window appears some settings need to be done It is possible to import single as well as multiple cadasters Activate single or multiple file import and click on Choose Choose a file or a folder to import multiple files If the file path is known it can be entered directly into the box brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 76 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Translatio L Geographic het Metric to Geographic Coordinate System UTM C Gauss Krueger Zone Stripe Figure 1
163. e that the client coverage calculation does not show any visual effects in the Terrain Explorer Only the clients tab in the Project Explorer will change during a calculation If not all columns are visible the Project Explorer needs to be dragged to the right width T 10 3 1How to Make a Client Coverage Calculation 1 Choose Calculation gt Client Coverage Themes Tools View Extras Window a Area Field Strength Ctrl F Save Area Calculation Load Area Calculation Esport Area Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 329 Open the client coverage calculation settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 197 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S E 2 The client coverage calculation window opens and some settings according to the situation have to be done Model aas Ba Type Erceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Average Utilization 50 00 Own Cell Interference 3 30 00 Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 Noise Figure Receiwer dB 3 000 canca Figure 330 The coverage calculation settings First of all a propagation model needs to be chosen The rest of the settings depends on the specific propagation model 10 3 1 1 With the Erceg Model The first thing
164. e the coordinates of the building corners For example a rectangular building needs four coordinates whereas a roundel needs much more depending on the precision that should be reached The first and the last coordinates connect each other automatically That is why there are only four coordinates for example for a rectangular building instead of five Class Buildings Height m 8 000 x 691251 61 Y 53358 8 20 Delete ines Chek 06 e DR L T T Kren R a 7 Close Pa z Sa S d l N _ Figure 146 Add the first coordinates b Click OK to set the first coordinates A blue dot should appear to show the entered coordinates brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 93 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Class Buildings T Height m 8 000 Coordinates Delete Move Up Move Down Figure 147 The blue dot shows the coordinates c Add more coordinates depending on the building type Note that the coordinate order should be consistent The order can be modified afterwards by clicking on the specific coordinate pair hold the mouse button and shift the coordinates to the desired position Class Buildings Height m 8 000 Coordinates 691406 97 5335860 33 691381 95 5335796 92 691251 63 5335847 28 M
165. e the Calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Best Server brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 224 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Cu Be 3 Te 9 ox 5 2015 01 28 21 03 27 lt e VZ Site 1 G Radio Unit 1 MA Antenna 0 AA Antenna 10 VSO Re WE Cx Coverage YS Rac By Best Server MA ox Carrier To Interferer Z KAU cite VIK Site 2 Display best server theme Rac 5 MA Sub Carrier Interference IG R 4 a Zx Field Strength 9 919 Rac Merge with MA MA Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 376 Create best server theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The best server theme window opens Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz x Antennas Y Deactivate others Activate all Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB 0 000 Include areas without coverage Cancel Figure 377 Best server theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all antennas or only for the actual antenna Only works by right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Best Server or marking the antennas and clicking on B 5 Choose a colour profile and a margin Including areas without coverage forces WiMAP 4G to calculate the theoretical best server for that area assuming there would be coverage If the included area without coverage option is enabled the margin will be
166. ear the calculation layer This will delete the whole calculation or theme from the project Keep in mind that the calculations or themes cannot be returned and that this gt operation cannot be reverted Time consuming calculations may have to be made again The more elegant way to hide themes is to deactivate the corresponding layers in the layer tab For more information about layers layer activation and deactivation see chapter 2 4 2 q9 10 15 2 How to Delete the Calculation 1 7ake a right click on calculation data in the Calculation tab and click on Delete Calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 251 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Visualise 5 M Radio Unit 1 i G Antenna 0 AE Antenna 20 B Best Server een 2 Carrier To Interferer Ca Coverage ket liie Ia Power Level antenna 240 28 Sub Carrier Interference 2 Field Strength Activate All Antennas Deactivate All Antennas Merge with Load Calculation Save Calculation As Sites Layers Points asblevatio Cadastra Clients E Link Bud Figure 424 Delete calculation 2 The following delete calculation dialogue appears if the calculation has not been saved before It will get the same result like in 10 15 1 Do you want to delete the actual calc
167. ed for the actual image selection So it is advisable to choose a larger area for this frame than necessary The cursor can be set to a specific point by clicking the left mouse button This can be instrumental in preventing the user from losing track on large projects Use the function to mark a point for easily returning the cursor to at any time or insert coordinates by Cursor Point and c ick on Adjust to center the map by this coordinates 691297 60 HAGL m 10 000 Scale i 20895 52 Figure 20 Cursor Point 2 2 3 The Rectangle Zoom Tool The rectangle zoom tool is a useful feature of WiIMAP 4G to zoom into the right area on the map Just click on the button on the control bar to activate the rectangle zoom Choose a point on the map hold the left mouse button and drag the cursor to mark the exact area brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 28 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1514 XS s 6 j k Aeschhauer g V Wal l rR S Figure 21 Rectangle Zoom Figure 22 Mark an area The rectangle zoom tool can also be activated by choosing Tools gt Rectangle Zoom 2 2 4 The Distance Measurement Tool The distance measurement tool is useful to get a distance or a specific angle of the map Click the button on the control bar to activate the distance measurement tool Choose and click on a desired point on the map with the left
168. ee eee 250 Clear the Calculation lAVeEr ccccccceceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaesesaeaeeeseeaeseseeanees 251 Delete calculat e 252 Deletion of the actual calculation eee eee eee e eee eee 252 Delete calculation with without ile sxs xxx e exe e e e eee Keene 252 MIMO Mode Selection Maximum Ratio Combining MRC sss ss sese see eee ee 253 Calculation with Maximum Selection Combining MRC sss sees eee eee eee eee 254 Calculation with Maximum Ratio Combining MRO sss sxs sese e eee ee e e eee ee 254 Create ISON LT 255 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 296 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 431 Figure 432 Figure 433 Figure 434 Figure 435 Figure 436 Figure 437 Figure 438 Figure 439 Figure 440 Figure 441 Figure 442 Figure 443 Figure 444 Figure 445 Figure 446 Figure 447 Figure 448 Figure 449 Figure 450 Figure 451 Figure 452 Figure 453 Figure 454 Figure 455 Figure 456 Figure 457 Figure 458 Figure 459 brown iposs GmbH Choose the states for the isolinesS cccscecsecsesrcecsenrceceenrsesnenreesnenteeseensansas 256 Theme isolines example Munich coverage sse e e eee ee e e eee eee eee 256 Create elevation iSOlINEGS sse eee e e eee e e eee eee 257 Fill in the desired values s css sees sees eee eee 258 Elevation isolines example MUNICHK cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeseeeeaneeeass 2
169. eee eee 105 Context menu of a DUIICING cccccseeccecseercnceearceceenrceceentseseentceseentseseentensas 105 Click Edit to show a list Of all Carmriers sse s ecce ee ee eee e e eee e e eee ee 108 Choose New to create a new carrier ccscecsecsearcecsenrcessenrceceenrseseentcusnensausas 109 The Carrier Settings WINGOW css sse cesse eee see eee sese eee 109 The fast way tO Create a carrier sese e e e eee e eee 110 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 290 of 297 Figure 177 Figure 178 Figure 179 Figure 180 Figure 181 Figure 182 Figure 183 Figure 184 Figure 185 Figure 186 Figure 187 Figure 188 Figure 189 Figure 190 Figure 191 Figure 192 Figure 193 Figure 194 Figure 195 Figure 196 Figure 197 Figure 198 Figure 199 Figure 200 Figure 201 Figure 202 Figure 203 Figure 204 Figure 205 Figure 206 Figure 207 Figure 208 Figure 209 Figure 210 Figure 211 Figure 212 Figure 213 Figure 214 Figure 215 Figure 216 Figure 217 Figure 218 Figure 219 Figure 220 Figure 221 brown iposs GmbH sless networks investigations e planning of Iposs CORTES CAIO estar tecterteaceatestenatecsatentewen irate EEEE E AEEA 110 CO AS SNS reri nee 110 EDO ANN OES ere eE EEE tree eects e areemse ov E EEEE EE EEE ERR 111 Log information for the Current iMPOrt cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeaes 111 Existing carriers Cannot De replaced sse esec e eee eee eee eee 112 Right clic
170. eee eee 240 Creating field strength theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 240 Field strength theme SettingS ccscscsscseccsecseccsecsecrseeueerseeuearsueuecrseeunarseeaes 241 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A sees eee eee 242 A field strength theme example Munich 0 dB margin maximum load peak level L A EE eee eae 242 A field strength theme example Munich 10 dB margin maximum load peak EREE acento mean eu nneeeaen ca E E 243 Marker for the best field strength c sss sees eee 243 Creating an elevation theme from MENU sees eee e ee ee e eee e e e eee e eee eee 244 Elevation theme settings cesse ecce e eee eee eee eee eee 244 Elevation theme example nearest neighbour resolution relative 100 245 Elevation theme example bilinear interpolation resolution relative 100 245 Creating a visibility theme sss sese s secs se see eee eee eee ee eee ee eenn eee 246 Visibility theme SEttINGS ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeaeanseeeeaneegags 246 Visibility theme example bilinear cellwise 1000 resolution relative 100 247 Clear the visibility lay CW csicvssnecesnaeascenuneduasauescurcodestenessasceneassiuensucnien ceux eeescus 248 Submenu for elevation export sese e ee eee eee 249 Available export themes formats left Professional Edition right Community L teasers eeracaeaboscaes 249 Export settings by export AS Image sxs se eee e eee eee eee e
171. el Power Level Column Power Level Calculate Field Strength W Use Height 46L Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 346 The point field strength calculation settings First of all it needs to be decided which points should be calculated All points corresponding to the same point category can be calculated at one time In this tutorial all points associated with the point category Potential Customer will be calculated 10 4 1 1 With the Erceg Model The first thing to decide is whether the calculation should be made with the Erceg A B or C model It depends on the environmental circumstances A Hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density This model is associated with the highest path loss brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 207 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations s planning e operations support systems po 5 S D B Terrain type B is characterized by mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree densities or a hilly terrain with light tree densities C Terrain type C is used for flat terrain with light tree densities producing the lowest path loss Custom It is also possible to create a custom profile in the WiMAP 4G settings This is only recommended for experienced users who know the used parameters exactly and can handle them correctly 50 m which is usually enough to get an overview but not enough for a precise For Community
172. el 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 116 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 120 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 124 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 128 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 132 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 136 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 140 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 148 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 152 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 156 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 160 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 164 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 168 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 Backhaul WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WiMAX Channel 1 lower band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 1 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 10 lower band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 10 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 11 lower band WIMAX 7300 000 2400 000 2460 000 2430 000 5490 000 5510 000 5530 000 5550 000 5570 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 7550 000 2420 000 2480 000 2450 000 5510 000 5530 000 5550 000 5570 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Browse Frequency Coverage Frequency From MHz 2400 000 To MHz 2420 000 Spectrum From MHz 2400 000 To MHz 2484 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 Maximum Selection Combining MSC Tx Power Default dBm 14 771 ss Indoor Loss dB 10 000 2
173. el Parameters Ie Calculate In Buildings i WinProp Elevation Model Pattern DXF In case of ambiguous antenna pattern Building Classes ie Se ee Create pattern leading to maximum power level C Create pattern leading to minimum power level oK Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 83 The CORLA Settings tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 60 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations s planning s operations support systems I po 5 S D First of all the executable path to the CORLA exe needs to be set This always needs to be done prior to make a calculation with the CORLA raylaunching algorithm The CORLA Raylauncher requires an extra license It can be ordered at the WiMAP 4G product support Contact info brown iposs eu for more information The next two options deal with the resolution used while calculating something with the CORLA Raylauncher e Resample Elevation Model To Cube X Y Size Activating this option forces the CORLA algorithm to load and resample the elevation model This is important for small areas since CORLA needs a specific minimal resolution of the elevation model to be able to calculate If this resolution cannot be provided of the elevation model used in the project activate this option e Calculate in Buildings Choose whether to calculate inside buildings or not At the bottom of the window antenna pattern options can be found As already mentioned CORLA holds antenna pat
174. entifies the chance that gives the customer a specified link quality At the bottom all the parameters can be changed for each Erceg model Changing the parameters from Erceg A B and C should only be done by experienced users All other users could get some experience in changing the custom model These three parameters for the path loss exponent which is variable over the population of macro cells within each terrain category should only be changed for extreme terrain conditions brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 57 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Antenna Term Factor Sigma Gamma g Data derived constant for each terrain Sigma Mu type Sigma Sigma Only experienced users should change these 3 1 2 2 4 Visibility Some visibility settings can be changed according to the elevation theme and building intersection First of all it is possible to change the Elevation Model Visibility type The types Bilinear Stepwise or Bilinear Cellwise can be chosen E Project Properties General Visibility Calculation Theme Empirical models C Bilinear Stepwise Free Space Propagation Elevation Model Visibility 5 G 0 ITU R P 1411 3 tep Count 1 Erceg Model Bilinear Cellwise Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters Maximum Cell Count 1000 Building Intersection i WinProp Maximum Building Count 3 El
175. epresents the colour of a radio unit o Antennas List of the associated antennas brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 137 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 2 1 How to Create a Radio Unit 1 Open a site like in 7 3 1 and 7 3 2 and choose New gt Create Radio Unit or right Click any radio unit of the desired site in the Sites tab and click on New a Si 9 KaOImaTOve ID i gt y Name Site 1 Browse N Poe E Position Site Description AE ely x 7 06 55 485 Browse Country S i Y 50 42 47 708 Browse State S zm Di S Municipality Colour L Place E ie Colour W Change Transp 0 S E x Street zekpark 2 pa Bel C Description emaye pe S r C4 G T Site ID Seah L Components Ae b Radio Unit 1 Be E K i Antenna 0 5 Radio Unit 2 im E Antenna 120 GB Radio Unit 3 A LEZ pe i Cancel phatihetnen o Figure 226 Site Settings window 2 Edit the parameters of new radio unit to create antennas click on New brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 138 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name GELE Mg Carrier Carrier WLAN 5 GHz Channel 136 wv Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Bands 1 Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Antenn
176. er Model ITU R P 1411 3 Road orientation phi 90 000 Columns MV Calculate Power Level Power Level Column ITU R P 1411 3 power e Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column ITU R P 1411 3 field e Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier e Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Calculation Category Potential Customer D Model Free Space Propagation Columns e Calculate Power Level Power Level Column free space power Ie Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column free space field Ie Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier V Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 360 Make point field strength calculations for every propagation model 6 All columns are shown in the points tab of the Project Explorer Results can be compared after doing all calculations brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 216 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems List Coverage Visualisation amp e Category Potential Customer Name w ia Corla power Corla field ITU R P 1411 3 power ITU R P 1411 3 field free space power free sapce fi erceg po ercegfi X Miller 92 2 0 001 83 7 0 005 91 5 0 001 105 8 0 000 690161 99 SI Peters 85 2 0 003 Sa la Da 0 000 82 2 0 006 99 5 0 000 690601 65 vi Wolff 104 2 0 000 108 4 0
177. er Stella Doradus 35 60 8 18 WIMAX Channel 2 upper band WIMAX Channel 1 lower Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 WIMAX Channel 2 upper band WIMAX Channel 1 lower Stella Doradus 54 7 360 10 10 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 WLA Stella Doradus 54 7 60 8 17 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 WLA Stella Doradus 54 7 90 8 15 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 WLA Antenna Types Sites tE Create Import Figure 194 Edit antenna types 2 Choose the antenna type from the list and click on Edit Browse Manufacturer STELLA_DORADUS oe Electrical Downtilt From 0 000 Electrical Downtilt To 2 000 Optional Data Maximum Power dBm 20 000 Antenna Type Height mm v Patterns Attenuation Horz Attenuation Vert Gain Name Freq MHz Elect 51 Pol 24 120 10 15 H 2442 000 0 000 Other Figure 195 Antenna type Settings 3 Edit the parameters and click on OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 120 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Antennas can be deleted Jn this case follow the steps described above and click on Delete 7 1 3 How to Copy Antennas 1 Right click the desired antenna in the Sites tab and choose Create Copy Site3 Radio Unit 2 D Antenna 120 V Radio Unit 3 Radio Unit am Antenn inl
178. er information P Cadastral data does not show up after import S1 Make sure the cadastral data layers are activated Check the layer tab in the Project Explorer S2 Cadastral data needs specific coordinates while import If you do not have specified any coordinates for the cadastral data position it can be found at the coordinates 0 0 P Building intersects buildings of the same type S This usually happens if you want to construct buildings inside other buildings using the same building class Create a new building class and use that new one while construct the new building inside the old one P Points does not shown up in the points tab S Make sure that the right point category has been chosen on top of the point tab in the Project Explorer P Antenna Pattern An I O error occurred due to following reason Pattern ra could not be read S The antenna pattern is corrupt Depending on the source off the file contact the manufacturer of the antenna for a new pattern You can also try to repair the corrupt file brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 284 of 297 6 Iposs Detailed instructions in how an antenna patter should look like can be found in chapter F P Load Project org xml sax SAXParseException Premature end of file S The project file is damaged P Load Cadastral An I O error occurred due to following reason Error encountered in line x Unexpected EOF encountered in line x S T
179. ergency services and military o Low frequency spectrum and therefore huge range with high coverage brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 107 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems o Expensive and can interfere other sensible electronic devices like TV receiver o 380 470 MHz spectrum e Generic OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex o High efficiency caused by nearly constant spectral power density o Tough against interference o Needs exact time and frequency synchronization o 470 870 MHz spectrum 6 1 How to Create or Edit Carrier 1 Choose Carriers gt Edit Name Y Technology Frequency From Frequency To Backhaul 38 GHz Backhaul 37500 000 39500 000 Backhaul 7 GHz Backhaul 7300 000 7550 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2400 000 2420 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2460 000 2480 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2430 000 2450 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5 GHz 5490 000 5510 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 WLAN 5 GHz 5510 000 5530 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 WLAN 5 GHz 5530 000 5550 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz 5550 000 5570 000 gt WLAN 5 GHz Channel 116 WLAN 5 GHz 5570 000 5590 000 Cam Ies Antenne WLAN 5 GHz Channel 120 WLAN 5 GHz 5590 000 5610 000 x WLAN 5 GHz Channel 124 WLAN 5 GHz 5610 000 5630 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 128 WLAN 5 GHz 5630 000 5650 000 Create
180. es lt Ignore gt Fruit trees and berry plantations lt Ignore gt Green urban areas lt Ignore gt Industrial or commercial units lt Ignore gt Inland marshes lt Ignore gt Land principally occupied by agricult lt Ignore gt Mineral extraction sites lt Ignore gt gt Se rann zl Problem Polygon is not simple Details Vertices 0 Point2D 747197 23 6027161 09 1 Polygon is not simple Details Vertices 0 Point2D 766193 87 5956622 43 1 Polygon is not simple Details Vertices 0 Point2D 771468 44 5986780 73 1 hi is not simnle Details Vertices N Point 7n R41 aaz as saasaa P lt Back Jext Finish _ Cancel Figure 169 Imported structures The building count shows the actual number of structures imported from the CORINE data file 4 All structures are ignored by default because the user should choose by himself which buildings he wishes to import Simply double click on the desired structure or select it and click on Edit ts lt Ignore gt Ignore gt al lagoons lex cultivatiol Type Broad leaved forest arous forest wous urban f Action Skip Map to Forrest Zi tinuous urba canca O E rees and be i urban areas lt TIqnore gt trial or commercial units lt Ignore gt 1 marshes lt Tonore gt Figure 170 CORINE imports need to be mapped to a building class Set Action to Map To and select the corresponding structure chapter 3 1 5 for mor
181. esee 59 3 1 2 3 CORLA Raylauncher T 60 E PEO ee crac E E E ETRE ts at E ts EEE TEE EEE ET O EE ETE ET S 61 3 1232 Model Parameters Seer eer eer er e n E E EE A ere ere err reer 62 3 1 2 4 MAMIE MO EE EE E E A TEE E T E E E E T 63 313 Flevalon Model sssr n EN EEEE SETTET 63 3 1 4 554 A MENEE E EA O E EEEE E E OA S E T EE A S EE E E 64 SD BUN GING ele OS crror nepa ie T E EE E E AE NOTAI AEOS 64 3 1 5 1 How to Add a Building or Wood Profile sss sese 65 32 CREATE PROIECT Sorrisi i E E eee eee 67 3 2 1 Create Preconfigured Projects soniiiievcedectouansciecvendicbevansanivuspdadeucbedssteesdesianabeasieneniianuoniaens 68 3 2 1 1 How to Create a Preconfigured Project esse eee 69 3 2 1 1 1 Howto Find Specific Geographic Coordinates with Google Maps see eee 72 3 2 2 CRE QEE EMPOY ae T 73 3 2 2 1 How to Create an Empty Project ccwscencsscvcancoueneonsctarecnsatianeunealcseancaueesenaatdseneraencwiactdeokasednatenevadenersetwncuneetieas 73 3 3 WOR DAR OVE T 74 S AVF PROTECT pour ener E eee eee ree eee ee ee ee eee ere eee 75 3 5 TE T 75 A GEODATA iis swscsoncarcieanssvercnnsaveaseuc oeansseasnpapanss EE E 76 AL CADASTRAL DA TAcacsssssncconatsssconntannonsatosesessmbanensagsbecnanae ea i ea Ta a E aTa 76 4 1 1 FIOW to Import cadastral DOUG ssissciccvcciic sacansvosderictateesnansdanssatedbcnecesiaciaiapheussssieuewedacnoaaaines 76 4 1 2 Er erle S E 78 4 1 2 1 How to Edit Cadastral Data Lavers sese 79 4 2 ELEVATION MODEL coreene espn E E
182. etween the chosen points see chapter 4 2 An elevation model is required to create a visibility theme For more information 10 13 1 How to Create a Visibility Theme 1 mport an elevation model Only this is required for a visibility theme 2 Choose Themes gt Elevation Bullding Visibility gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help L Ca Coverage gt Best Server Carrier To Interferer T pP gt i Power Level K Sub Carrier Interference p es 2 Field Strength p F fe Elevation K R Elevation Building Visibility gt J Clear f L b Export t Figure 416 Creating a visibility theme 3 The visibility theme window opens and some settings have to be done Calculation Bilinear Cellwise Maximum Cell Count 1000 Resolution C Absolute m 4 000 Pixel Relative 25 00 Coloring Default Position Eye X 691297 60 Eye Y 5336149 06 Eye Height m 0 000 Height AGL m 10 000 Elevation Attenuation dB 10 000 length m V Include Building Intersection Frequency MHz 2000 000 Cancel Figure 417 Visibility theme settings Choose whether to use bilinear cell or stepwise for the theme Enter a value for the chosen technique and change the resolution to your needs The resolution can be absolute or relative At ast a colour profile needs to be set brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 246 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigat
183. evation Model Z p ae DXF Maximum attenuation per Building dB 20 000 Building Classes Maximum Overall Attenuation dB 100 000 Point Colours Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building Maximum Overall Attenuation Add Advanced Options Check Fresnel zone clearance V Include earth curvature Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 77 Elevation model visibility The next settings concentrate on the Building Intersection These settings would be important if the project was planned in areas with a lot of buildings like city centres First thing to decide is the Maximum Building Count for the building intersection This parameter depends on the Maximum Attenuation per Building and the Maximum Overall Attenuation The maximum building count multiplied with the maximum attenuation per building should not be higher than the maximum overall attenuation This feature should only be used if the maximum attenuation per building is known For the advanced user it is also possible to add Frequency Dependent Parameters If the attenuation is well known frequency dependent parameters can help a lot in getting results close to reality brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 58 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 1 2 2 4 1 How to Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Building Intersection 1 Open Extras gt Pro
184. ext gt Exit Figure 8 Program edition License request After completing the required fields with valid information an e mail will be sent to the named e mail address This license file is required so it is ought to be downloaded first brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 17 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o After downloading the file it can be selected by clicking Choose and entering the correct file path If this is a valid license file WiMAP 4G will start for the first time Setup Se Steps License File Licenae Agreament Setting up Community Edition Program Edition gt License File Your community license has just been sent to you by e mail Please check your inbox including your spam folder save the license file to a temporary location and select that location below License File C Users Alex Desktop community license Choose _ lt Back Next gt pE Figure 9 Choose location of your license file If there are any problems try to find a solution in the FAQ at the end of the user manual first 1 6Global Settings Here you can specify the global settings for WiMAP 4G These settings effect on the whole program not only on your individual project Therefore check chapter 3 1 in this manual Go to Extras gt Global Settings Extras Window Help Database gt Project Defaults Global Settings F
185. file 2 Select the path where the kml file should be saved brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 170 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Directory C Program Files WiIMAP 4G demo Name Size Last Modified _ E lib H E plugins H E templates 0 Windows Defender Windows Journal B Windows Kits D Windows Mail 0 Windows Mobile 5 0SDKR2 0 Windows NT D Windows Photo Viewer D Windows Sidebar I WinPcap EAP oh A P L Figure 282 Select path for export as kml file 3 The export of points is finished and the kml file can be used in other programs like Google Earth 8 5 3 How to Import Points L q 1 Choose Points gt Import to open the import window 5 Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Create Edit Multiple Assign Colour Activation K Edit Categories Figure 283 Import points 2 Choose Existing Category that already exists in the actual project or choose New Category to create the new point category The decimal separator should not be edited The null value can be edited to set columns to a specific value with none exported value Choose the file and click on OK to start the point import brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 171 of 297
186. gations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Category Potential Customer Model CORLA Raylauncher Resolution 7 m 5 000 Resolution Z m 5 000 Point Extent multiple of Resolution xT p Working Directory kTemphradiationi 7204539740664699 75tmp Choose Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Columna Power Level Field Strength Column a Strength M Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height r Carrier W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz cancel Figure 350 Point field strength calculation settings for CORLA 3 2 2 Choose a working directory for CORLA Usually it does not need to be edited CORLA only needs to create a few temporary files while calculating To configure the CORLA Raylauncher see chapter 3 1 2 3 Note that the CORLA Raylauncher needs a license for a specific environment and can only be used by Professional Edition users brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 210 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Onir e Category Potential Customer Name Height YN Power Level Field Strength m i Z M ller 10 000 55 2 0 003 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 Peters 6 000 70 2 0 020 690601 65 5336029 06 516 639 wolf 7 000 91 2 0 001 690499 51 5336395 45 515 396 Tn Layers d Points i ion
187. h a text editor Add the following lines to the editor Description of the antenna O O O O O O NAME 24 120 10 15 This is the standard description for antenna in WiMAP 4G 24 Antenna frequency for this antenna 2 4 GHz 120 Horizontal angle 10 Vertical angle 15 Antenna gain in dBi Name of the antenna brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 124 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss SS o MAKE Stella Doradus o In this case Stella Doradus is the name of the antenna e Antenna frequency o FREQUENCY 2442 o Depending on the frequency used change 2 442 to 3 500 for 3 5 GHz e Horizontal angle o H_WIDTH 360 o Horizontal angle can be a value between 0 and 360 e Vertical Angle o V_WIDTH 9 o Vertical angle can be a value between 0 and 360 e Front to back o FRONT TO BACK 10 e Antenna gain o GAIN 10 dBi e Tilt o TILT MECHANICAL e Polarization o POLARIZATION V o Set POLARIAZTION H for horizontal polarization The editor should look like this Datei Bearbeiten Format Ansicht NAME 24 120 10 15 MAKE Stella Doradus POLARIZATION Figure 202 Editor with a few settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 125 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems i poss o 3 Add the horizontal and vertical attenuation parameters from 0 to 360 using this style
188. h area calculation and create a theme A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate i To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 Choose Themes gt kind of themes gt Display fIsoline Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage K Best server Carrier to interferer M M A 3 a x Power level 0 Sub carrier interference Field strength Elevation Elevation Building Visibility v vyv v v ES da Display Display Isoline v vy p Export gt Clear Figure 430 Create isolines 3 The theme isolines window opens and some configuration have to be made brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 255 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Just check the states which should be marked with isolines change the colour and press OK to start the calculation Checking Remove existing tsolines deletes former isolines from the project while calculating new isolines State O O4M b4 3 4 O O4M d4 1 2 GAM16 3 4 O OAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 O OPSK 1 2 O BPSK 1 2 Cl No Coverage Color B change Transp fo W Remove existing isolines cancel Figure 431 Choose the states for the isolines It should be clear that all checked states will be included in the mark on the map So if all states are activated only a square will be marked because all
189. hange multiple radio units WINGOW sss sx s e eee e e eee e e eee eee 144 Activate or deactivate all radio Uni sees ee eee eee eee eee 145 The sites tab css essen nenen 145 Site tab context menu for activation Of a radio Un sss sees e ee eee eee e eee e e 146 Create empty or 3 sector example SITES see eee ee e eee eee eee 147 Create a site on the MAP cccsecccecseerceceecrceceearceceearseseenrseteenrseseentseseensensas 147 croa a NONW SiS aaa E A A 148 Create a new radio UPI sccsssssccsascctsssavescaevassasanescatavsescsanepenesasaessantacpeiasanaens 148 Radio Unit Settings WINGOW sss ss eee e ee eee eee eee 149 Add antennas to the radio UNit c cccsscsecessesecesseneeesneseeusnenseusnensensuensenseeaes 150 Invalid antenna pattern cccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeesaeaeeeseeaeeeeaees 151 Create a new antenna type ccc ee ee ee e e ee ee ee ee eee 151 The created antenna in the liSt cccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeseaeseeeeaesenags 152 The created site ON the MAP ccscscccsscseceseeseceseeneeuseenecusneneeusneusensueueensesues 152 Select the site by right click on the map or in the Sites tab sss sss eee eee eee 153 Edit the site and click OK to save CHANGES sese sees eee e eee eee 154 Select the site by right click in the sites Lab sees eee eee eee 155 Site Settings WIndOW xs sss eee e e eee eee 155 Activate or deactivate all sites ss sese sese e eenn ennenen 156
190. hannel 100 14 8 0 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek2 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 3 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 14 8 240 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek3 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 14 8 120 00 Stella v Base3_Sek1 WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella 5 gt H Sites Layers Points Calculation Elevation cadastral Clients E Link Budget Figure 46 The Sites tab The upper part of the Sites tab shows all sites used in the project If you right click on one element in the upper part site radio unit or antenna offers a few options for creation deletion activation change multiple etc More information can be found in the corresponding chapter in this manual The lower part of the Sites tab shows all the antennas used in the project with their corresponding sites radio unit and used carriers If a site radio unit or antenna is chosen in the upper part the matching antenna s in the lower part are marked Sites and antennas can be activated or deactivated just by checking or unchecking the boxes beside the desired antenna radio unit or site A deactivated antenna does not appear neither in a calculation nor on the map 2 4 2 The Layers Tab The important thing to understand while working with WiMAP 4G All things managed by the program are organized in layers and can be deactivated or activated as desired Layers will brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 40 of 297
191. he appearance Lab ss esec sese eee ee eenn eee 34 Figure 36 The other ab sese e sese essen 34 Figure 37 Anti aliasing Cnabled cccscscsecscsececsesrcecsenrcecnearcuseearsecuearsucuearsusueansesunersagaes 35 Figure 38 Anti aliasing disabled sese s esec eee 35 Figure 39 A configured Terrain Profiler tab ccccceceeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeesesanseeass 35 Figure 40 Terrain Profiler ZOOM functions sss sxs eee ee ee eee eee 36 Figure 41 A plot can be Saved or printed cccscscsecsesreecsearcecsearcesuearseeuearseeuearsusueansneaes 36 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 287 of 297 Lel le elel Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 brown iposs GmbH 6 prapa IA eHGCHSTSC PATTIE EEIEIE Iposs WS PACS WOW ast ctetetaseatetiee en etenrenea sansa neuraeaeaneienueanniea aha eeennateeune 36 The plot can be Saved as a PNGKfile ccccecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeseeeeaeseeaes 37 Transfixing the window
192. he cadastral data file is damaged Depending on the source get a new fresh file and try it again P Load Corine An I O error occurred due to following reason Premature end of header S The CORINE file is damaged Depending on the source get a new fresh file and try it again P Specified Address An I O Error occurred due to following reason gazetteer openstreetmap org S Check your internet connection Connection to OpenStreetMap cannot be established If your internet connection is working the OpenStreetMap server is down at the moment Try again later P An internal error has been detected S WiMAP 4G always saves a copy of the error in the folder WiMAP 4G Profile Feel free to send this error report to info brown iposs eu P I cannot choose a calculation from the menu S A field strength area calculation needs to be done to enable other calculations Choose Calculation gt Field Strength Area Calculation P The Elevation Model does not load by a created project An I O Error occurred due to following reason Data Path The system cannot find the data path S Delete the folder of the data path If the path cannot found search for hidden folder After deletion the project could been imported again P I cannot select antennas and carriers lists are empty brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 285 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems
193. hey can be activated or deactivated by checking or unchecking them Category WLan_Customer Name Name Power Level Ordinal Height Field Strength Degree X test 639701 87 5359210 Peters Peters Inf 6 000 20 00 637578 10 5338677 Figure 277 Slow way to activate deactivate points brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 168 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Alternative way 3 All points can be activated using the icons on the tool panel in the points tab of the Project Explorer as 7 N S M Es A Ee le Y Category Measurement Figure 278 The tool panel of points tab 8 5 Export and Import of Points Points can be imported and exported This could be useful if these points are used in other projects or if there were other projects with a lot of already constructed points It is not necessary to create them twice Furthermore it is necessary to import or to export the measurement data 8 5 1 How to Export Points as csv file 1 Choose Points gt Export gt As CSV to open the export window Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View E E i Create Edit Multiple Assign Colour 7 e Import ___ Export HI AS CSV Activation K As KML E Edit Categories exper Sa EE Figure 279 Export points as csv file 2 Choose the point category that should be exported a
194. hic coordinate system An elevation model can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a basic satellite image can be downloaded This is the easiest way to create a project because the elevation model can be initialized during creation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 68 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Creating a preconfigured project requires internet connection If a proxy is in use optional proxy settings should be done by clicking Configure Proxy ez Fe 3 2 1 1 How to Create a Preconfigured Project 1 Open Project gt New or choose from the Control Bar 2 Choose Create preconfigured project using geodata available online and Click on Next If a proxy server Is in use configure WiMAP 4G by clicking on Configure Proxy Steps Type Do you want to start a pre configured project using online data sources or create a gt Type Yp project from scratch Location Geodata Site Create a new project with geographic coordinate system for which the elevation model Project directory can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a coarse basic satellite image can ae Configure Proxy Figure 99 Choose this type and click Next 3 Specify the area by address or by coordinates These are the two possibilities to specify an area for the geodata download Specifying an area by address is the easiest method which allows the user to en
195. horizontal attenuation These patterns can be loaded from files The data type needs to be msi dat or adf The patterns can be downloaded from the manufacturer site but sometimes they need to be created manually The pattern files can be chosen later Pattern files contain antenna names so there would be less input needed if a pattern file was chosen right away Choose a file and click on OK respectively Cancel to cancel the import A short introduction how to create pattern files can be found in chapter 7 1 5 3 If no pattern file has been imported edit the name and manufacturer according to the desired antenna and choose electrical downtilt Advanced users can add Maximum Power and Antenna Type Height brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 116 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name 24 12010H Browse Manufacturer STELLA_DORADUS Electrical Downtilt From 0 000 Electrical Downtilt To 0 000 Optional Data Maximum Power dBm 20 000 Antenna Type Height mm v Patterns Attenuation Horz Attenuation Vert Gain Name v Freq MHz Elect Pol cancel i Figure 187 Antenna type Settings 4 To complete antenna creation a pattern is now necessary Trying to complete the creation without a pattern brings up the following message No gain patterns found Figure 188 A pattern is required for antenna creation To load
196. iMAP 4G 6 1 Page 31 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 2 5 2 Configuring the Terrain Profiler The Terrain Profiler offers a few settings which can be changed to get a better overview and to make the result descriptive for presentations Click on the right mouse button to open a menu that contains the function Properties A Click on that button will open the property configuration window Title Plot Other General Show Title Text Font Color es ap sso yjed E Save as 20 L Print 1 245 50 55 BD Coordinates To Coa Zoom In zoom Out Auto Range 1 Cancel Figure 27 The Terrain Profiler configuration menu A figure can be named in the title tab This could be useful for presentation or further information if the results of the Terrain Profiler are exported Activate shows the title Enter the desired title in the Text field To choose a font click on Select next to the font field and choose the desired text font the text size and a format Click on OK to save the alterations Title Plot Other General Font Show Title lv Agency FB Text Bonn Environment Site1 Site2 nigerian Font Select Arial Arial Black Color ine e Anal Narrow 4rial Rounded MT Bold Arial Unicode MS Baskerville Old Face n S auhaus 93 Attributes Bell MT Berlin Sans FR L Bold Itali
197. iMAP 4G will automatically search for updates from time to time If a new update has been found WiMAP 4G will ask you to download and install the update brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 282 of 297 P em 6 Iposs 17 Troubleshooting P I cannot install WiMAP 4G You do not have the required permission to run this file S Administrative permission is needed to install WiMAP 4G Please contact your system administrator for further information P WIMAP 4G does not start S1 Check out if you have the right permission to run this program Contact your system administrator for further instructions S2 Installation may be broken try to reinstall WiMAP 4G P I cannot activate my Professional Edition Your license file is damaged S Your license file is not valid Activation by license file like done for Community edition is no longer supported Please contact info brown iposs eu for a new license file P CORINE does not show any data S1 The CORINE data is corrupted Please contact the EEA for a solution S2 The CORINE data does not contain any information for the actual content the blue frame Make sure that the downloaded CORINE data is valid for your project P Calculation takes very long time S1 If the workstation is an older one calculation can take some time due to the hardware that is used Try a faster system to get a faster calculation S2 Try another quality for the calculation A higher
198. iew As mentioned there is a small area with about 100 clients For a better overview it is necessary to convert the clients temporarily otherwise all associated lines would simply flood the screen The other way is to convert points to clients in a future stage of the project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 174 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 7 1 How to Create Clients from Points 1 Choose Chents gt Convert from Points i Clients Link Calculation Themes Tool Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to P Edit Profiles Figure 289 Convert points to client from menu 2 Now there are a few settings that need to be done to create clients from points At first it should be decided whether all points or only active points should be converted At second site and client profile assignment should be set Choose the option Nearest with if the converted objects should be linked to the next obvious site or choose the desired site from list with which should be linked Please note that site list will be created automatically as soon as the client profile is known If the profile editor is empty add new profiles by clicking on Options gt New or Options gt Client Profiles gt Create Clients From Points Create from f Active Points Point Category Measurement Height AGL Column Height Site Neares
199. if 2 Choose a filepath and a filename and press OK to save the file There is no need to do any settings All displayed isolines will be exported All theme isolines will be exported to the mif format and can be used in other programs that can handle the mif format 11 3 2How to Export Isolines as KML Assuming that isolines have been created Otherwise the export may be possible but it would not offer any usable data 1 Choose Themes gt kind of theme gt Export Isoline as MIF Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage gt l Best server Carrier to interferer Sub carrier interference dB 2 000 m Above ground UMTS3 Power level P AME Field strength Z Elevation fs Display Ctrl H Elevation Building Visibility K gt r Sub carrier interference gt gt 4 Display Isoline Den Export To Clipboard Pade Blog up fs As Image As ASCII Grid Export to KML Isoline as MIF Isoline as KML Figure 437 Export isolines as kml brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 259 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss Sq 2 Choose a filepath filename and press OK to save the file There is no need to do any settings All displayed isolines will be exported All theme isolines will be exported to the kml format and can be used in other programs that Support the kml format
200. ignored To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 225 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems WLAN 2 4 GHz H Figure 379 A best server theme example Munich 10 dB margin Figure 380 A best server theme example Munich 0 dB margin 10 8 The Carrier to Interferer Theme The carrier to interferer theme is a useful feature of WiMAP 4G to detect uncovered areas on the map because of interference between antennas If two antennas use the same carrier at the same frequency and power they interfere with each other This could end in a complete signal loss WiMAP 4G shows the ratio between carrier signal and interference signal The minimal value acceptable as a result of a carrier to interference theme depends brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 226 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems on the used technology Areas that offer a carrier to interference below 0 mostly do not receive a useable signal For example for LTE and a QAM64 modulation a minimum ratio of 10 is required Note that the carrier to interferer is based on the field strength area calculation done before and is limited to its parameters e g calculation height L lt i 10 8 1How to Create a Carrier to Interferer Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more preci
201. igure 10 Global Settings The following settings can be made e Startup WiMAP 4G offers you by default a welcome screen where you can select to create a new project open a previously saved one or use a sample project In this menu it can be defined how WiMAP 4G shall behave on startup and how many recent projects shall be shown in the list brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 18 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems gt Global Settings Startup i Field Strength Calculation Database On Startup Create New Project Plot Load Last Project Medium Legend Y Show Welcome Dialogue i Export i Units Number of recent projects to remember 5 i Check for New Version canca Figure 11 Startup menu e Database WiMAP 4G uses a default database file for every project but you can select your own database file instead In addition you can choose to load Carriers Antenna Types and Point Categories Global Settings Startup Database Field Strength Calculation Database Plot Medium V Use Default File gt Legend P a x File C Users Markus AppData Roaming bips WIMAP 4G default rad Choose i Export i Units Load V Carriers i Check for New Version You can work with a default RAD data file which is imported for every new project This is for example useful to manage provider or antenna data
202. iles changing transparency or adding new intervals are possible Colour From and Colour To are the colours shown beyond the intervals brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 50 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems T Colouring Name Colours Colour From PFa Change Transp 49 Colour To chance Transp 14 Intervals From To Nam Add Set Transparency Figure 64 A changed profile 4 Click on OK to save the changes 3 1 2 1 2 How to Add a New Colour Profile 17 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Theme E Calculation Empirical Models i E se Free Space Propagation Ba TTII P idii 3 Figure 65 Selecting a theme 2 Select the desired theme for example Field Strength 3 Press New to open the configuration window Field Strength Default Figure 66 Click on New 4 Name the new profile and change colour These are the colours shown beyond the intervals 5 Add intervals by selecting Add brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 51 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name New Profile Colors Color From W Change Transp 0 Color To O Change Transp 0 Intervals From To Name Set Transparency OK Cancel Figure 67 Click Add to add new intervals 6
203. in Rx dBi 4 958 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB 105 733 105 733 Dimensioning Own source interference 0 00 0 00 Other source interf margin dB 3 000 3 000 Fast fading margin dB 4000 4 000 Log normal fading margin dB 7 900 7 900 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 10 000 Environmental Loss dB 3 000 i 3 000 Performance Gains dB 0 000 0 000 Max permitted prop loss dB T 78 733 78 733 Free Space cell range m 83 314 83 314 Erceg C cell range m 21 544 21 544 Carrier Frequency MHz 2460 000 i Adjust Antennas Sites Layers Points Calculat a Elevatio cadastr Clients Link Bt Figure 56 The Link Budget tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 46 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 Projects 3 1 Project Settings Before creating a new project some adjustments should be done Extensive adjustments can be made in Project gt Properties and Extras Project Defaults The properties refer to the actual project in case it is already open Project defaults are pre configured settings It is easier to use those than configure every single project individually However the layout is the same for both 3 1 1 General The following coordinate system types can be chosen e UTM Universal Transverse Mercator e Gauss Krueger e Geographic By cho
204. in only one file MV Antenna Types Ie Point Categories a Figure 12 Database menu e Plot When you select Intelligent Label Arrangement the label will be arranged so that there is no overlapping of text You can also specify to draw objects always in black or grey this overrides the detailed colour settings for antennas or buildings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 19 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Global Settings r Startup Field Strength Calculation Database Medium Legend i Export Units Check for New Version Plot Translation Factor 0 50 Zoom Factor 1 50 Translation Arrow Region 20 Image Visibility Threshold Pixel 100000000 Ie Intelligent Label Arrangement T Draw Object Labels Always Black T Draw Antennas Always Black T Draw Buildings Always Grey settings will only affect after restarting the program Cancel Figure 13 Plot menu e Plot gt Export Here you can select which information shall be shown when you plot your project Global Settings Startup Field Strength Calculation Database Plot i Medium Legend ea Units i Check for New Version l Export I Carrier Type V Direction V Height AGL V Power Total Power Pilot Power T Channels MV Downtilt Electrical Downtilt Frequency Cable Los
205. in the project The primary benefit is to see the sub carrier interference of the strongest received signal from an antenna carrying the selected sub carrier to any in band interferer in the area of comparison E g if WLAN 2 4 GHz channel 1 is the selected brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 234 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems sub carrier also interferences from overlapping channels like channel 2 are considered This feature helps to create a clear footprint for your covering cells Note that the sub carrier interference theme is created at that height the field strength area calculation was made lt i 10 10 1 How to Create a Sub Carrier Interference Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are two possibilities to create a sub carrier interference theme e Choose Themes gt Sub Carrier Interference gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help v amp Coverage t 4 B Best Server S Carrier To Interferer K i Power Level a h Sub Carrier Interference gt Display 2 Field Strength gt ix Elevation p Export L Elevation Building Visibility gt i N Clear B E TE E Figure 397 Creating a sub carrier interference theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab
206. ints and gives the possibility to edit the point classes More information can be found in the corresponding chapter in this manual The Coverage tab is for showing the colour of coverage levels based on the colour diagram of the carrier brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 42 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Category Measurement z Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Adjust Show only active points of selected carrier Coverage levels Name QAM64 3 4 QAM64 1 2 QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 No coverage 9 Q c ba Figure 50 The Points tab Coverage The Visualisation tab is for colouring points based on the category the parameter that is visualised and the co ouring which are shown in a table by Jnterva s With one click on Adjust the colour is set With Reset colour settings are restored back to the latter colouring Category Measurement Parameter Data rate Colouring Default Adjust Set the points with colour of parameter Reset the action Figure 51 The Points tab Visualisation 2 4 4 The Calculation Tab The Calculation tab is one of the most important tabs and shows all done calculation in the actual project If a calculation is done all sites and antennas used in this calculation will be shown in the Calculation tab Single sites or antennas can be activated or deactivated fo
207. ion csscccccseesecccseseescceesececcsecsscueeeeeeeusecsssuseesssueeesessusecenes 13 Lo OY SEI RECURENENT secin S EE a E 14 TA IN AAT e N e E tutu saascdvasacusteeaesereenantedecnnneseanneouteen 15 1 4 1 FIOW to install HM E PHA Te 15 1 5 LAUNCHING WIMAP 4G FOR THE FIRST TIME sse s eee eee eee eee eee 16 1 5 1 Get a License for the Professional Edition sss sees eee 17 1 5 2 Geta License for the Community Edition cccccccseesecccsesecccsesececseeseceeesecseeeseessseeseseesess 17 Le GLOBALE yT Coc eee eee re ee eee eee eee ene ee eee ee ee eee eee 18 DHS I coca tices ess cinta sow ons cae eats E E amensnenauess oes sneseuoeeuusrucdesness 23 2 FE 217 TPROJECT ceiros na E E A N E E EE E A E 23 AP WORK AREA ios E N EE A A N E AET eee 25 2 2 1 WO TTT 25 222 Flement ofthe CON ee TT 26 LLS TER O ZOOM TOON a E 28 2 2 4 The Distance Measurement Tog 29 2293 The Train PONOT corre conse nnee n E TEE E TE EN 30 2 2 5 1 How to Use the Terrain Prowilet wiccsscscnnssscncstaesenansussansduessessonssssnsatwenvacntesavarduessesiwadsasnsdtsonsaevtss yey arya 30 2 2 5 2 Configuring the Terrain Profiler esse eee ee eee e eee eee 32 2 2 5 3 Additional Terrain Protiler ZOOM vacissiisiccsesssctsavsdsacaaisesadaansdsdcaaesasazedesdadceassdsedeaesds denaesassbidestsbonsdviavenandsbanees 35 2294 Terrain Profiler Export POAUUIES daveciscacsssssorwasnssernsasvenncnuevecsvedsdenneesovbanctisivananscacnudellsemiesuehenncesevwnnencseaaueiwas 36 2 3 CUS
208. ion 90 resolution absolute 5 M sss esse e e e e eee eee 194 Figure 325 Field strength area calculation settings for Free Space Propagation 5 194 Figure 326 A field strength area calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation Resolution absolute 5 IN civactesncecvevaniwaciauvecevinadsmacesaeevsnisesieueieevinieiearieesinedie rien saerinee ies 195 Figure 327 WinProp field strength calculations SCttinGS cccccssseseceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeaees 195 Figure 328 The clients tab in the Project ExplOrer ss e eee e eee eee 197 Figure 329 Open the client coverage calculation settings ccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 197 Figure 330 The coverage Calculation SeCttingS cccccscecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeeneeseeanes 198 Figure 331 Calculation with Erceg model type A sese eee 199 Figure 332 50 coverage Probability sss eee ee e e eee eee 199 Figure 333 A client coverage calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 OG APTP IE EIEEE TETE E EE ETETE TETIT TETTA TETEE PETEERE ETTE E ETET 200 Figure 334 Client coverage calculation settings for CORLA sssessssssssssssnnrnrnennrnsnennrnnns 200 Figure 335 A client coverage calculation example Munich CORLA resolution x y 3 resolution z 3 point extent T sss esse ese seene nenen 201 Figure 336 Client coverage calculation settings for ITU R P 1211 2 ss sss s seene 202 Figure 337 A client coverage calculation ex
209. ion by anything e Relative Recursion Depth For Reflection Relative number of signal reflection by anything e Minimum Receiver Power Minimum receiver power that can be transformed into a usable signal Editing these parameters should only be done by experienced users who are familiar with the CORLA algorithm and can assess the consequences of changing these parameters The default parameters offer a good quality and also a fast calculation Choosing higher numbers for reflections or diffractions can extend the calculation time for many hours or even days 3 1 2 3 2 Model Parameters The model parameters offer full access to the algorithm parameters Hence this algorithm is very complicated the model parameters should only be changed by experienced users gt Project Properties General Model Parameters Calculation L Theme Pathloss Exponent 2 0000 Attenuation Constant 0 0000 Empirical models Results in function f dist 0 0000 dist 2 0000 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Reflection E Model ganga lt a0 19 5437 ai 0 6785 a2 0 0072 CORLA Raylauncher Results in function f a 19 5437 0 6785a 0 0072a 2 Algorithm Model Parameters Wall Diffraction WinProp a0 4 1476 al 0 2837 a2 0 0014 Elevation Model s DXF Results in function f a 4 1476 0 2837a 0 0014a 2 Building Classes P 9 Point Colours Roof Diffraction a0 7 5829 ai 0 4232 a2 0 0037 Results in function
210. ions e planning e operations support systems To change the colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 4 Make some position settings to meet your special case e EYE X The x coordinate of the imaginary eye e EYE Y The y coordinate of the imaginary eye These coordinates are set to the position of the cursor by default e Eye Height specifies the height of the imaginary eye above the ground e Height AGL specifies the height above the ground onto which the imaginary eye looks e Elevation Attenuation specifies the attenuation that is considered in case of NLOS e Include Building Intersection considers visibility restrictions arising from the building model e In this case a frequency needs to be specified for the special case 5 Press OK to create the theme In our example the colour profile has been changed for a better overview Figure 418 Visibility theme example bilinear cellwise 1000 resolution relative 100 10 13 1 1 How to Clear the Visibility Cache 1 Choose Themes gt Clear brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 247 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Themes Tools View Extras Wind p L Coverage K J Best Server 8 2 Carrier To Interferer E E x Power Level Party pt Ke Sub Carrier Interference i Bee Field Strength Ix k J J J J 4 C Elevation Me Elevation Building Visibility
211. is new antenna will be added to the radio unit and site of the selected antenna 7 1 4 How to Change all Antennas Faster 1 Choose Sites gt Change Multiple gt Antennas Points Clientes Link Calculation Themes i Create Edit Activation Import Antennas Export Antennas Figure 198 Change multiple antennas 2 Choose which specific antennas should be edited effects antennas of a whole site or choose all antennas alternatively all active antennas for editing User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 122 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Antennas Only active Parameters Height AGL m Y Don t change Set to SE Downtilt 2 pont chenge Csettof I Electrical Downtilt From gt Don t change Set to a Electrical Downtilt To Y Don t change Set to E Cable Loss dB Don t change C get tal Antenna Type Don t change Set to Stella Doradus 24 Carrier Don t change Set to Backhaul 38 GHz B change Transp a Figure 199 Choosing all antennas option Colour Y Don t change Set to 3 Choose the desired parameter by changing the option to Set to and change the parameter gt Change parameters of multiple antennas at once Antennas c sene L f All Only active Parameters Height AGL m Y Don t change Downtilt Y Don t change Electrical Downti
212. ject Defaults gt Calculation gt Empirical Models gt Visibility General Calculation Theme ae Empirical Models l J Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 ae Erceg Model Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Figure 78 Visibility of empirical models 2 At the bottom part of the window in the frequency dependent parameters window Click on Add Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building Maximum Overall Attenuation Figure 79 Click Add to add new parameters 3 Anew window opens and some values need to be added To Freguency MHz Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building dB Maximum Overall Attenuation dB canca Figure 80 Fill in all fields e To Frequency The maximum frequency for attenuation for example 2 4 GHz e Maximum Building Count The maximum count of intersecting buildings e Maximum Attenuation per Building The maximum attenuation one building can achieve e Maximum Overall Attenuation The maximum attenuation that can be reached if a lot of buildings intersect brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 59 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems To Frequency MHz 2400 000 Maximum Building Count 5 Maximum attenuation per Building dB 20 000 Maximum Overall Attenuation dB 100 000 Cancel Figure 81 Click OK to save the changes
213. k in sites tab and click on New in context MENU sees ee e ee e ee e e e e e 114 Antenna Settings WINGOW sss cesses ece e sese ee eee eee eenn 114 View of site with antenna ON the Map ccccscecsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeeseaeseeaes 115 Create Oi CNN DSi rece ree ec reese sere sepdecnesnpescsesnsescsususeeesusneesesesnseseeaneeses 115 Antenna type settings with importing the antenna pattern cccscsceeeeeenenes 116 AIRS RR De SCE lne L 117 A pattern is required for antenna Creation ccccscecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeass 117 Load single Or Multiple patterns sees eee eee ee e eee eee eee 117 A valid pater sees eee eee e eee 118 Antenna attenuation cesse ee eee e e ee e ee ee eee 118 Right click in sites tab and click on Edit in context MENU sees eee eee ee e e e e e 119 Antenna Settings WINKOW ses eee eee ee e e eee e eee 119 Sel dTie aal 96S rrisin i Tiii 120 Antenna type Settings sete ucseseteueseaeriueseseseeetegeseaeeee etacapastesescaetasecceeteeaccesee 120 Right click in the sites tab and click on Create Copy in context menu 121 Antenna Settings Of a copied antenna ccs e e e eee e e eee e e e eee e eee 122 Change multiple antennas sss cesse ese see eee eee eee ee eee seene eenn 122 Choosing all antennas option sss eee e e eee e ee eee eee 123 Setting the new carrier for all ANTENNAS cs eee eee ee eee e e eee e e eee e e e eee eee 123 The windows editoOr sss sss sese eee 124 Editor with
214. lanning e operations support systems 16 1 6 HOW much does WiMAP 4G COST sss 282 16 1 7 What is the difference between WIMAP 4G Editions sss sese eee 282 16 1 8 What are the requirements to Get a license sees eee 282 16 1 9 Can I upgrade my Community Edition to Professional Edition at a later date within the OO I T 282 16 1 10 Do I have to update my WiMAP 4G from time to Hme sss sees eee eee 282 17 TROUBLESHOOTING a css csc tse 283 18 IMAGE DIRECTORY vasecenstisnessncncvessuscaunaevsvesieasscieweseicosvedesaunashiveweerseiarieussvewesaieanasesverteause 287 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 9 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S SSS About this Manual This user manual describes the setup and operation of the WiMAP 4G software The WiMAP 4G user manual requires a basic understanding of the Windows operating system If you are not familiar with this system refer to the documentation provided by Microsoft Newcomer of WiMAP 4G software should read e Chapter 1 to learn about the program requirements and installation e Chapters 2 and 3 to learn about WiMAP 4G essentials Conventions Marks user interface elements Bold such as buttons menus label tabs Describes important features Caution Ns instructions or limitations Highlights features or hints ri Tipp that can save time and prevent difficulties E Step by Step Step by step explana
215. lation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a field strength theme e Choose Themes gt Field Strength gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Ex Coverage B Best Server S Carrier To Interferer ius Power Level 2 Sub Carrier Interference fg Elevation be Elevation Building Visibility Clear L WLAN 2 4 GH 2 000 m Above gr Z oAMm 4 3 4 1 namsa i Display Display Isoline Export U L QPSK 1 2 MD anmai ta gt gt gt k p I gt gt Figure 404 Create field strength theme from menu brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click Z S K UP Site 1 AL Radio Unit 1 MA Antenna 0 VA Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2 172 Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 AA Antenna 240 M Site 2 v G Radio Unit 1 AA Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 MEA Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 V Antenna 210 vV Antenna 240 Figure 405 Creating field strength theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Field Strength Cu Be Ge me Be ox j 2015 01 28 21 03 27 WY Site 1 ail Radio Unit 1 M Antenna 0 MEA Antenna 10 AA Anti amp e Coverage HS Radio BY Best Server MA Anti ca of SaD Site 2 we Carrier To In
216. lculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation 90 10 3 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model The Free Space Propagation Model is the easiest model it does not need any parameters brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 202 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Model lase ase a EE Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz Figure 338 Client coverage calculation settings for Free Space Propagation To configure the Free Space Propagation model see chapter 3 1 2 2 1 Name Site S Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I beceem WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QPSK 1 2 77 07 9 47 proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 8 000 QPSK 1 2 84 13 13 43 redline WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 QAM15 1 2 72 59 14 17 E Sites l Points s Calculat is ae Elevatio cadastra t ts F Link Bu Figure 339 A client coverage calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation 10 3 1 5 With WinProp WinProp is for propagation modeling in different scenarios brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 203 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Field Strength Calculation Calculation Model WinProp Deterministic Two Ray Model Height AGL m 10 000 i Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates xX From 688101 2729 x To 6
217. less networks investigations e planning e operations support systems gt Setup Steps License Agreement gt bi Agreement Welcome to WiMAP 4G Please read the following license agreement You must agree to this if you want B to use WiMAP 4G Program Edition License File S License Agreement for WiMAP 4G These English license agreement is a translation of the German license agreement see the second part of this document Valid for all legal relationships ts only the German license agreement the English version is just given for your convenience Version of this document 2013 06 08 1 Subject of the Contract The license terms of brown iposs GmbH hereinafter called licensor are applied for the concession of the rights of use for the entire or partly use of the object code of the software WIMAP 4G hereinafter called SOFTWARE to contractors juristic persons under public law or official fund assets in terms of 310 in conjunction with 14 BGB Civil Code hereinafter called licensee Herewith the inclusion of the licensee s own terms and conditions is contradicted unless their validity has explicitly been agreed to 2 Scope of the Rights of Use EZ a goeeeesessosecocsossesscossosssoscossossoosessesssoossssosocossooseoseossosscosecssosscssessesosocscosecsesesooseosesssosseosssssosscossosesessoscosssoseesesssoesossossesssosssssecssossesscesesssesssosessssessossesy Laa aa anan Haan A Figure
218. levation in case of missing elevation data Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Default Elevation m fC OE Erceg Model Visibility Translation orl aier T ASCIIGrid Files Specify Xllcenter Not Xllcorner Model Parameters i WinProp DXF Building Classes Point Colours _o Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 87 The Elevation Model settings 3 1 4 DXF There is no need for explaining DXF settings here It gets important while importing cadastral data For DXF settings see 4 1 2 3 1 5 Building Classes The Building Classes submenu allows the user to create new buildings or wood profiles This is important while creating buildings or wood For example one class of buildings cannot overlap itself so if the user wants to create nested buildings he needs to create more than one class of buildings It is the same for wood brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 64 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems General Building Classes Calculation i L Theme ID Name _ Indoor Loss Attenuation Colour From Colour To Empirical models 0 Buildings Yes 10 00 0 00 Length m Free Space Propagation 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 Length m ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters i WinProp H Elevation Model i DXF Building Classes i Point Colours o
219. logue for setting the decimal separator 3 The imported antennas appear on the map U eae 5 9 2 oH P a u L T J b nt T e L aa ai Ee i a LU Be 2 679 eget s Figure 208 Imported antennas shown up on the map with their corresponding sites brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 128 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S 7 1 7 2 How to Import Antenna Types Importing antenna types is possible with WiMAP 4G too Antenna types can be imported from other projects or from other programs that support the rad export With this feature specific antenna types can be imported and do not need to be created for every project again and again 1 Choose Antenna Types gt Import Antenna Types Sit Fe Create Edit Import Figure 209 Import antenna types 2 Choose the rad file that holds the new antenna types and click on OK to import these antenna types Directory C J Computer Name Size Last Modified F File Name rad Filter Export File rad Cancel Figure 210 Choosing file 3 If everything worked out successfully the log shows the following information and the imported antenna types are available now RAD mmga from Cr Ligera robert Degitee Neuer Ordnar 3 exampled rad hahi Figure 211 Log information for the current import A p
220. lp of antenna diagrams These diagrams contain a detailed description of the vertical and horizontal attenuation which will be provided by the manufacturer in most cases Antenna information can be imported in several ways Planet format like dat adf msi Each antenna needs to be assigned to exactly one antenna type Background Image Background images can be imported in WiMAP 4G They can hold all desired information for example satellite photography of the calculated terrain The orientation will become much better with a background image showing the actual surface buildings wood etc WiMAP 4G supports tif tiff jpg and png format for a background image import Best Server With the help of the best server calculation it can be determined which site best server offers the best signal for a specific area Building Classes For a better overview WiMAP 4G offers the possibility to arrange buildings in building classes This is also necessary to create advanced buildings with towers or courtyards Building classes can be differentiated by colours C I The carrier to interference ratio C I CIR is the quotient between the average received modulated carrier power S or C and the average received co channel interference power I i e cross talk from other transmitters than the useful signal Cadastral Data Cadastral Data is vectored graphical information which typically consists of many layers Cadastral data is used to get an ove
221. lso useful in the beginning of a project when the antennas and sites are placed Environmental interferers like mountains are not visible without an elevation theme The elevation theme can be used to create isolines for the desired terrain These isolines can be exported into other programs for example Google Earth for a better presentation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 243 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems An elevation model is required for the elevation theme For more information see chapter 4 2 10 12 1 How to Create an Elevation Theme 1 mport an elevation model 2 Choose Themes gt Elevation gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help g E Coverage k D Best Server EI Carrier To Interferer 3 a J x Power Level PEM Field Strength 7 L AM a Elevation Display K K 4 Sub Carrier Interference k fea B 9 b Elevation Building Visibility r Clear Export T a Br o T RT Figure 412 Creating an elevation theme from menu 3 The elevation theme window opens and some settings have to be done Calculation Bilinear Interpolation Resolution Absolute m 2 000 Pixel Relative 50 00 Coloring Default cancel Figure 413 Elevation theme settings Choose whether to use the bilinear interpola
222. lt From Y Don t change Electrical Downtilt To IY Don t change Cable Loss dB IY Don t change Antenna Type Y Don t change Carrier Don t change Colour IY Don t change WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 0 XIWLA 5 GHz Channel 104 See WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 9 Figure 200 Setting the new carrier for all antennas 4 Click on OK to save changes for the desired antennas E 7 1 5 How to Create a Pattern File Creating a pattern file is necessary for importing an antenna in case the manufacturer does not offer pattern files for download Only a text editor is needed to create those pattern files brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 123 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations planning e operations support systems pos S _ SSS 1 Open editor Hold down Win Button and press R type Notepad and click on OK The editor should appear at once Datei Bearbeiten Format Ansicht Figure 201 The windows editor 2 Parameter needed for pattern creation Description of the antenna Name of the antenna Frequency Horizontal and vertical angle of the signal created from the antenna Front to back ratio power gain between front and rear of the antenna Antenna gain Tilt mechanical or electrical Polarization of the antenna horizontal or vertical Attenuation parameters for 360 horizontal and vertical These parameters are all you need to create a valid antenna pattern wit
223. me Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Empirical models ee A Free Space Propagation Pixel Relative 10 00 ITU R P 1411 3 aT TT Erceg Model Visibility Rural CORLA Raylauncher Model Type Algorithm Model Parameters Type Dominant Path Model WinProp Bevan hiriei Loss On Walls 13 00 LOS Path Loss Exp 2 00 DXF OLOS Path Loss Exp 2 40 LOS After Breakpoint 4 00 Building Classes l ms a AE OLOS After Breakpoint 4 00 Waveguiding WG 0 00 Weighting Factor WG 1 00 Maximum Distance WG 10 00 Adaptive Resolution 0 00 Offset LOS Pixels 0 00 Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 86 The WinProp properties OLOS NLOS non light of sight connection LOS light of sight connection WG Waveguiding 3 1 3 Elevation Model In the Elevation Model settings the standard environment elevation can be changed in case of there is no elevation model data available for the project Elevation can be changed by activating Use default elevation in case of missing elevation data and specifying a brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 63 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems value Furthermore it can be decided if ASCII grid files should be specified on xllcenter or xllcorner lt Project Properties ee General Elevation Model Calculation i Theme Y Use undefined elevation in case of missing elevation data Empirical models C Use default e
224. ments are possible only for the default values and the dimensioning parameters All values that have been gathered from the stations cannot be edited The antennas of a radio unit can be chosen but you can select only one antenna per radio unit for calculation If the antenna selection is changing the parameters of Terrain Profilfer and Link Budget refresh themselves automatically brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 269 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel S Radio Unit 3 Sa lt Radio Unit 3 Si Antenna 220 Antenna 220 Antenna 240 M Antenna 240 v 2 Antenna 260 Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm 14 771 14 771 Max Pilot Power dBm 14 771 14 771 Power Splitter Loss dB 4 771 3 010 Antenna Gain Tx dBi 10 252 5 076 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 0 000 Tx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 EIRP dBm 20 252 6 684 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 20 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm 91 990 91 990 Antenna Gain Rx dBi 5 076 10 252 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB 107 165 108 926 Dimensioning Own source interference 0 00 0 00 Other source interf margin dB 3 000 3 000 Fast fading margin dB 4 000 4 000 Log normal fading margin dB 7 0
225. n Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 24 390 50 45 05 760 45 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 24 349 50 45 05 941 Figure 101 Choose a result from the list 3 2 Specify area by coordinates Insert longitude and latitude into the corresponding fields and click on Next Specify area by coordinates Longitude 7 05 46 097 Latitude 50 44 08 891 z Back Cancel Figure 102 Specify an area by coordinates 4 Here it is possible to download the geodata from the internet Missing SRTM Shuttle Radar Topography Mission values can also be selected which induces the program to interpolate the missing areas The Shuttle Radar Topography Mission SRTM is a NASA mission conducted in 2000 to obtain elevation data for most of the world It is the current dataset of choice for digital elevation model data DEM since it has a fairly high resolution about 90 meters at the equator and lt 30 meters in the U S has near global coverage from 56 S to 60 N and is released into the public domain Furthermore a satellite image can be downloaded from OnEarth The last setting is the radius in meters It specifies the maximum area which propagation models can be calculated in If all settings are done click on Next brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 70 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Steps Geodata Configure which ge
226. nd 8 6 3 EHDE Y Ke po es me X uiu Oe ad z mbH yeni e 6 Ga HAA Y RA 2 LA T a ae NS N ort ot ae 1 gt E Biscate P F Betel Rathcuse Pe we lt _ ZZ a AS E 9 Bornscheirii Ea es go Hotel Willkens C 4 L ahn L lt N ee N y Figure 258 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by visualisation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 159 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 259 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by coverage 8 2 Point Categories Point categories are essential to create points Before creating a point on the map the point category needs to be created or edited for specific needs Add all columns that can be described while a point is created If the height of the customer antenna is known add a column of type Meter and name it Height for example All category parameter types that can be added brown iposs GmbH C I Data rate Degree Field strength Meter Ordinal Power level Text URL X coordinate Y coordinate User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 160 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S P The default category Measurement is a category that has the following default parameter Power Level SNR Carrier and Height But the parameter can be extended with e g Field
227. nd set a decimal separator This decimal separator is used in the created file to separate numbers The null value will be used for lacking point columns and hence is only useful to convey readability of the created csv file Choose a filename and path for the created file If the file path is unknown click on Choose to open the explorer browser window Then select the parameters of point category that are needed to export If everything is done click on OK to export all points of that point category brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 169 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Category Measurement Decimal Separator Null Value File C Points points_projectBN csv Do With Parameter Carrier Height Power SNR OK Cancel Figure 280 Export points dialogue window Note that not all symbols are supported An unsupported symbol prevents the user from importing a csv file to another project It is always secure to choose 999 3 The created csv file can be found at the chosen file path 8 5 2 How to Export Points as knll file 1 Choose Points gt Export gt As KML to open the export window Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools Vie Create Edit Multiple Assign Colour Import x Activation AS KML a 5 e E TENA E6 Edit categories TS r E a T News MeZ 7 FA Figure 281 Export points as kml
228. nfigured project using online data sources or create a T gt kag project from scratch Location Geodata C Create preconfigured project using geodata available online Site Create a new project with geographic coordinate system for which the elevation model Project Directory can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a coarse basic satellite image can be dovmloaded Configure Proxy Create a new empty project with the specified coordinate system Leave elevation model and maps for manual setup which may be performed later Coordinate System Y UTM t Gauss Krueger L Geographic Zone Stripe 32 South Of Equator T Specify area by coordinates Cancel Figure 108 Choose a coordinate system type UTM The Universal Transverse Mercator System is a coordinate system that makes it possible to locate every point on earth with the help of two length declaration Therefore it splits the earth in 6 wide zones The X value represents the distance between a point and the meridian of origin while the Y value represents the distance between a point and the equator Both values are specified in meter The Universal Transverse Mercator coordinate System more and more displaces the Gauss Krueger system Gauss Krueger The Gauss Krueger system is based on the same technique brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 73 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems
229. ngs are done in the background invisible for the user The background actions will be protocolled and shown in the log If an error occurs or a calculation does not seem to offer proper results the log may brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 278 of 297 I 6 throw out some exceptions or warnings With the help of these exceptions or warnings it is sometimes possible for the user to fix the problems Network A network contains all the locations and sites with their corresponding antennas Point Among the sites WiMAP 4G supports another essential data type the points Points can be used to get an overview on special places like potential customer locations or other site locations for the future There are calculations for these points to check for instance the field strength on a special place or area Point Categories To create different types of points WiMAP 4G offers the possibility to create point categories This helps the user to differentiate the points Power Level To rate the coverage on a specific point it is necessary to determine the power level on that area The power level calculates the power received from a normal receiver for the observed system at the radio frequency input in dBm Professional Edition The Professional Edition is the purchased version of WiMAP 4G It offers all features of the Community Edition plus additional features for example more antenna pattern There are no limitations in the Pr
230. ngth Area Calculation The field strength area calculation is the most used calculation and always the basic calculation that has to be done before creating a theme It shows the field strength for the whole marked blue area or if zoomed in for the whole screen The field strength area calculation can be made with all propagation models except CORLA where a license is needed for A license file is needed to use CORLA This license is limited to a project and can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support info brown iposs eu 10 2 1How to Make a Field Strength Area Calculation 1 There are three possibilities to open the field strength area calculation window e Choose Calculation gt Area Field Strength Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window c Area Field Strength Ctrl F Save 4rea Calculation Load 4rea Calculation Export Area Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 317 Make a field strength area calculation e Click on E in the control bar e The shortcut for the field strength area calculation is CTRL F 2 The field strength area calculation window opens and some settings according to the situation have to be done brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 189 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Model 3755 0 Type Er
231. nit 3 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 14 8 240 00 Stella v Base2_5GHz_Sek3 WLAN_BS2_5GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 14 8 120 00 Stella V Base3_Sekli WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella 4 gt l Sites Layers Points Calculation Elevation cadastral Clients E Link Budget Site Radio Unit Carrier _ S _ Tx Power Direction Type WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 1 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band 21 0 0 00 Stella WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 2 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band 21 0 120 00 Stella WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 120 00 Stella WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 3 WiMAX Channel 3 lower band 21 0 240 00 Stella Figure 255 The Sites tab 2 All sites are listed at the top of the tab They can be activated or deactivated brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 157 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 Points Points have a lot in common with clients but they are a little bit different Points can be placed everywhere on the map They represent for example potential customers or measurement points for the wireless solution created with WiMAP 4G There are less calculation possibilities for points than for carriers A point should be set if there is no further information on a client about what technique he uses 8 1 Measurement P
232. nly be filled if there are some special circumstances inside the building Double click on OK 9500 00 10 00 0 00 langka Frequency To MHz 2500 000 Attenuation dB 10 0 000 length m Figure 93 Save the changes with OK 6 Click on Color and Add 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 2 Metropolitan city building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m Edit Delete Color Height Tov Add Attenuations Edit Colors Figure 94 Colours need to be added 7 Gradually insert building heights and the related desired colours After this is done double click on OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 66 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Color Height To v Add Edit Height To m 100 000 Color C change Transp 0 canca Figure 95 Click OK to save all changes This works for wood too 3 2 Create Projects After configuring the project settings it is time to create a real project A new project can be created e during the start of WiMAP 4G What Do You Want To Do Load Project From File Load demo project Munich Load Recent Project Name Path munich rap C Program Fi les Wi MAP 4Gpro demo y Figure 96 The start dialogue e by choosing Project gt New while WiMAP 4G is running Current projects c
233. nna Types Sites Elevation Model Buildings Maps Figure 138 Delete location images from menu 2 Choose the desired layer of location images and click OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 88 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 20150409 1526107 7 I E i 20150409 152649 9 rael Ratha Leite ed A 1 2 20150409_152953 Jan St Augustiner Str wpe 20250409_159120 A S Figure 139 Choosing the image layer 3 Asan alternative right click the desired location image on the map and click on Delete i 8 fe oua yl K L Tann T D 14 8516 5503 h s al Ef K i a _ a i 4 d Par wl p ml ai T 1 ore i USE E Ja i Y e 20150409 19725107 bad 720150905 192422 eo N r G 20150420150409_152047 5a i Kd s m 201 9 L 20150409_152047 LP ae l B 0150409_152953 20150409 15 aS Beuel Create Site Create Client Create Point Show in Google Maps Figure 140 Delete location image from context menu T 4 4 4 How to Import as Background Image 1 Select Geodata gt Images gt Import Buildings Maps Delete Figure 141 Import of location images 2 Choose the desired file and activate option Use as Background Image Set coordinates to locate the image brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 89
234. nnel 1 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 26 000 QPSK v navini WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 23 000 QAM16 v proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 8 000 v redline WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 QAM64 T Sites i Layers Points Braoa a Elevati cadas Srk Bu Calcula Figure 55 The Clients tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 45 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems i pos S o 2 4 8 The Link Budget Tab The Link Budget tab offers the user the possibility to calculate a detailed link budget for a desired situation Many variables can be inserted to guarantee the most precise results The Link Budget tab will be explained later in this manual so take a look on the corresponding chapters amp Radio Unit 3 Sample Site VG Radio Unit 3 Site 2 Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 v Antenna 240 A Antenna 240 Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm 771 OO OMAT Max Pilot Power dBm 77 14 771 Power Splitter Loss dB 0 000 Antenna Gain Tx dBi A 5 986 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 Tx Loss dB S 0 000 EIRP dBm 19 730 8 785 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 5 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm 990 91 990 Antenna Ga
235. nnnennennns 81 Figure 122 The Cadastral Data tab sese 81 Figure 123 Load an elevation model sese esec e seene 82 Figure 124 The elevation model tab after importing elevation modele sese sees eee eee 82 Figure 125 Reload elevation model from web sss sees eee seene 82 Figure 126 Replace the current elevation model sees e ee eee eee eee 83 Figure 127 Choose Radius for the NEW model cs esse sese eee eee 83 Figure 128 The new model will replace the old ONC sss sees 83 Figure 129 The import dialogue for a background image esse sss sese ee eee eee e eee e eee 84 Figure 130 Load a background image s ssss sese e sese e sese eee seene 84 Figure 131 Fill in all fields and click OK sese eee 84 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 289 of 297 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 Figure 171 Figure 172 Figure 173 Figure 174 Figure 175 Figure 176 brown iposs GmbH 6 TMPOFE OF leie leine 85 POC OF ONO WS erin E EN EEEE EEEE ESANEAN TEA OENE ASA
236. nother way to show those values are points used to calculate the power level Points only show the power level on a precise point on the map whereas the power level theme shows the power level for all zones that are covered by a carrier Note that the power level theme will be created at that height the field strength area calculation was made 9 10 9 1How to Create a Power Level Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers a better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a power field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a power level theme e Choose Themes gt Power Level gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help F Ca Coverage b B Best Server Ga T L ko e Carrer To Interferer K Lae BP ix Power Level d Display Sub Carrier Interference K x Pore a Field Strength Export K Je Elevation gt 4 IW ae hA L M Elevation Building Visibility gt K h s i a U Clear T SLT AU S te Liat m a 1S cAwarerherndnrt qj Figure 389 Create power level theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click on brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 231 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems E Be amp 3 se Be WI Site 1 J M Radio Unit 1 AA Antenna 0 Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2
237. ntenna 0 test2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Antenna 120 a Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella M Antenna 120 c Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella M Antenna i20 MyNewSite Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella l M Antenna 120 testi Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella M Antenna 120 test2 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella i MV Antenna 240 a Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella i M Antenna 240 c Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella V Antenna 240 MyNewSite Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella M Antenna 240 testi Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella M Antenna 240 test2 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Site To Site Create Site Create Client Create Point Show in Google Maps Tonia E a Si Layers Points Calcul a Elevat cadas Clients E Link Figure 249 Select the site by right click on the map or in the sites tab 2 The sites settings window will be opened and offering access to site description and antennas brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 153 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Site 1 Browse Site Description 6 55 59 984 Browse Country 50 S6 47 770 Brow
238. nual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 141 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 Antennas can be created edited removed by clicking on New Edit Delete 4 Click on OK to save changes 7 2 4 How to Change Carrier in a Radio Unit 1 Open the desired radio unit like in 7 2 2 2 In the drop down menu there are only the active carriers of the radio unit To add another carrier choose Options gt Carriers x ld ID Name Radio Unit 1 Carrier _ Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 M v Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Carriers Bands 1 Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type Heic New Antenna 240 14 8 240 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 ef canca Figure 231 Radio unit settings for changing the carrier brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 142 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name Y Technology Frequency From Frequency TO Backhaul 38 GHz Backhaul 37500 000 39500 000 Backhaul 7 GHz Backhaul 7300 000 7550 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2400 000 2420 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2460 000 2480 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2430 000 2450 000 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 116 WLAN
239. o Unit 2 of Antenna 120 v Radio Unit 3 i D Antenna 240 ID Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Antenna 0 Sitel Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 0 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 0 Site4 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 0_2 Stel Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 10 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 10 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 120 Stel Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 120 site2 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 120 Site4 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 20 Site4 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 20 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 Stel Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 site2 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 240 Site4 Radio Unit 3 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 14 8 240 00 Stella Dorad Zj Figure 229 Copy a radio unit 2 The radio unit settings window will be opened Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 v v Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type Antenna 0 14 8 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Antenna 20 14 8 20 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Edit Delete Figure 230 Edit the radio unit brown iposs GmbH User Ma
240. odata to download and whether to initially set up an initial sample network Type Location gt Geodata Site Ie Fill missing SRTM values Project directory Radius m 2500 000 lt Back Next gt Finist Cancel Figure 103 Choose the radius of the area Changing the maximum size of an area at a later date is possible by deleting elevation and loading it newly from internet However a bigger area is always a good choice even if the download takes a little bit longer to avoid the need for later modification 5 Choose if an example site should appear on the map or not If yes choose whether it should be a site with three sector antennas or one omega antenna and decide on one of the technologies Click on Next Site Select whether to create a sample site or not Steps Type Location Geodata gt Site Project directory 3 sectors Omni antenna Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX C Create no site coast Hees n Figure 104 Choose an example site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 71 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 6 Choose a project folder A folder for a new project must be an empty folder New folders can be created by right clicking on the desired location and clicking on Create Select this new Folder and press Finish Now the project has been created successfully and the user can sta
241. of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss Sa 3 1 2 2 1 Free Space Propagation The Free Space Propagation is a simple but effective propagation model It is also called equation of radio wave propagation or Friss Model The free space propagation model is primarily based on the elevation model Optionally it takes into account visibility restrictions regarding the elevation model and the building model While this model is not eligible for city centers and strongly cultured regions it produces good results for suburban and rural regions plus it is a very fast algorithm It can help to identify critical regions where detailed measurements need to be done Free Space Propagation Power Level Drop Power Law Exponential Law Pathloss Exponent Power Law 2 00 Pathloss Factor Exponential Law 0 00230 Elevation Model Attenuation dB 10 000 0 000 Frequency Dependent Parameters S CORLA Raylauncher To Frequency Power Level Drop Pathloss Exponent Pathloss Factor Attenuation l Model Parameters _ WinProp Elevation Model Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 71 The Free Space Propagation Settings tab There are two possibilities to calculate the path loss e Power Law Lee s model o Calculates the path loss with the power law To use this option a path loss exponent is required The path loss exponent comes in 1 6 to 6
242. ofessional Edition which make it the perfect tool to plan even large projects Project A project includes a network which consists of all locations with their systems for example WLAN WiMAX antennas and the included data for example geodata background image A project also includes all settings done within it for example propagation settings or graphical settings Site A site is a base station holding active antennas This can include many different systems carrier and antennas Site to Site Connecting two sites requires a fixed network connection or a dedicated wireless interface Sites with a direct connection to the core network are named master sites Sites which have no directly connection to the core network are called clients For clients it is important to come down with a good radio link most if the time with beam radio to redirect all incoming traffic to a master site The master site finally transfers all incoming data to the core network Connections between sites are called site to site connection WiMAP 4G offers the possibility to make a site to site calculation to determine the path loss between two sites This can be useful to decide whether two sites can cooperate in a specific area or not brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 279 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S Sau System In most cases a network consists of different sy
243. ofiles can be changed for e Best Server e Field Strength e Power Level e Sub Carrier Interference e Carrier to Interferer C T e Elevation e Visibility e Ec IO brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 49 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Project Properties General Theme inl ee warr x Edit New Delet Empirical models mert rar Field Strength Default Edit New Delet me Power Level Default M Edit New Delete Visibility Sub Carrier Interference Default x Edit New Delet propria C I Default S Edit New ae LG Parameters Ec I0 Default D Edit New Delete z Z Model R Building Classes Elevation Default Z pR New Delete Point Colours Visibility Default Edit New Delete Reset To Defaults ox Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 61 The Theme Settings tab 3 1 2 1 1 How to Change a Colour Profile 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Theme General Calculation Theme Empirical Models 2 2 2 vee Free Space Propagation im i TTB P 1411 2 Figure 62 Selecting a theme 2 Select the desired theme for example Field Strength Field Strength Default Figure 63 Selecting the desired theme 3 Press Edit to open the configuration window Now there are different possibilities to change a colour profile Renaming prof
244. oints A measurement point is defined by coordinates and other parameters like Power Level or SNR This used measurement point is for radiowave measurement like WLAN or WiMAX The category Measurement is an example for a point category that can be used to define a measurement point Measurement points can be imported from a measurement data file in csv format see Figure 256 for an example Each point must have a minimum of attributes like Name and Coordinates If no suitable converter is available contact us at info brown iposs eu _ E SSS Measurement _48u3 csv D i Name Power SNR Carrier Height X 2 Colour 2 p l 5ID105_ API 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 o1 21928667 3 p02 5ID105 API 86 amp WLAN SGH Z 6 776615 51 219278667 4 p03 5ID105 AP1 86 amp WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 5 p04 5ID105 API 86 B WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 2192768667 6 pOs SID105 AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 219258667 7 p06 SIDIOS API 86 8 WLAN 3GHz 6 776615 91 271928667 pO SIDIOS APL 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 o1 21928667 S p 8 SIDIOS API 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 10 pOS SID105 AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 91 2715928667 11 pl 5ID105 API 86 amp WLAN 3sGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 l2 pll SID105 API 86 B WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 219278667T 13 ple SIDIOS AF1 86 8 WLAN 5GHZ 6 776615 51 21928 667 14 pl3 SID105 APl 86 8 WLAN SGH Z 6 776615 51 21928667 15 pl4 SIDIOS APL 86 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 219278667 16 pis SIDIOS API 86 8
245. om Project Geodata Carriers I New fa Load L Save Ctr S Save As Print Ctrl P Properties Exit examples ra exampled ra examples ra example ra examplel ra Figure 109 The easy way to load projects brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 74 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 4 Save Projects Projects can be saved by choosing Project gt Save or clicking al on the Control Bar Save as can also be chosen from the Project submenu With Save as a project can be renamed or saved at another location Projects can also be saved with the Shortcut STRG S 3 5 The Log The log is an useful tool to help the user identify problems if something does not work It is a separate window and therefore it can be observed while working in the program The log can be found at the bottom of the user interface of WiMAP 4G by default Program started Build 4801 Profile is C Program Files x86 WIMAP 4G profile Loaded 2 088 buildings skipped 0 self intersecting buildings and 0 buildings with negative height Project C Program Files x86 WIMAP 46 demo munich rap loaded fh Lo F Terrain Profiler Figure 110 The log window After loading a project the log starts protocolling everything for a better overview to relate to every step of the work Nearly every action of the log except interface acti
246. om MHz 2400 000 To MHz 2484 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 WLAN WLAN MIMO Mode Maximum Ratio Combining MRC ___ Tx Power Default dBm 114 771 WLAN WLAN Indoor Loss dB 10 000 Crest Factor 10 00 ae Figure 427 MIMO Mode Selection Maximum Ratio Combining MRC 3 Make the Powel Level Theme Calculation like in 10 9 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 253 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 428 Calculation with Maximum Selection Combining MSC Figure 429 Calculation with Maximum Ratio Combining MRC brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 254 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o 11 Isolines Isolines connect points of equal value on the map The prefix iso means equal Isolines can be used for presentation and to keep track on a project They can be exported and imported to other programs for example Google Earth There are two different types of isolines in WiMAP 4G e theme isolines e elevation isolines 11 1 Theme Isolines Theme isolines are used to show the coverage of an area They are geared to the coverage theme or the field strength area calculation Therefore it is necessary to make a field strength area calculation before creating theme isolines 11 1 1How to Create Theme Isolines 1 Make a field strengt
247. ons e planning e operations support systems gt R Mf Category Potential Customer Height Y N x u z 690425 17 5337368 47 519 810 690457 94 5336870 42 521 716 691650 62 5335736 72 517 945 BS Bx Calculation ap Elevation ecadastral Clients L Link Budget Figure 341 The points tab in the Project Explorer Figure 342 The points on the Terrain Explorer Figure 342 shows the points of the corresponding point category A field strength or power level column is required for this calculation to make sense They need to be created for the corresponding point category before making a point field strength calculation To edit point classes see chapter 9 1 1 and 9 1 2 If the point categories have been edited correctly the Points tab should look like in Figure 343 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 205 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems gt R wf Category Potential Customer Name Yy Height Y N Power Level Field Strength x ie Z M ller 10 000 690425 17 5337368 47 519 810 vi Peters 8 000 690457 94 5336870 42 521 716 7 ane AS 650 62 atc 573 729 613 945 B wolf amp amp Calculation Elevation Bcadastral Clients PJ Link Budget Figure 343 The points tab in the Project Explorer with additional power level and field strength columns The height of a point also influences the calculation result and should be en
248. ons will be protocolled for example shifting the area or zooming in and out To learn what happened or what caused a problem take a look at the log first Errors are written in red colour for better identification Warning messages are highlighted in blue Program started Build 4801 Profile is C Program Files x86 WIMAP 4G profile Loaded 2 088 buildings skipped 0 self intersecting buildings and 0 buildings with negative height Project C Program Files x86 WIMAP 4G6 demo munich rap loaded No calculated antennas found The IP file is not valid or the entry radiation zB 15c39c3 could not be found Log A Terrain Profiler Figure 111 Errors are shown in red in the log window brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 75 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems D oO 5 S D 4 Geodata Importing geodata is one of the most important things to bear in mind while working on a project Geodata makes sure that the user takes account of elevation buildings wood and other environmental factors Cadastral data elevation models and background images can be imported in WiMAP 4G A professional project should never be planned without geodata import because it affects the results in a certain extent 4 1 Cadastral Data Cadastral data is a comprehensive register of the land parcels of a country or parts of a country It includes the precis
249. or a specific environment and can only be used by Professional Edition users Name Y Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I beceem WLAN _BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 23 18 00 W proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 6 000 100 23 9 00 iM redline WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 91 23 24 00 Figure 335 A client coverage calculation example Munich CORLA resolution x y 3 resolution z 3 point extent 1 10 3 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model Choose the average road orientation in This can be set to a standard value in the settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 201 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ITU R P 1411 3 Road orientation phi 91 90 000 Average Utilization Own Cell Interference a Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz Noise Figure Receiver dB Figure 336 Client coverage calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 To configure the ITU R P 1411 3 see Chapter 3 1 2 2 2 Name T Site s Profile Height LAGU Coverage beceem WLAN_BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 79 42 28 proxim WLAN BS1_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 8 000 126 67 0 11 redline WLAN _BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 99 02 19 60 SS H Sites ty Layers Points fsCalulat lt Elevatio cadastra Clients Uk Bu Figure 337 A client coverage ca
250. osing UTM or Gauss Krueger a start zone stripe from the coordinate system can be selected The earth is scaled in 60 stripes Germany stands in stripe 32 for example The cursor is placed on the chosen zone at equator level The coordinate system type can also be chosen while creating a new project E gt Project Properties xs General Calculation Theme Empirical models fad Free Space Propagation Coordinate System ITU R P 1411 3 2 Erceg Model Zone Stripe 32 m Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters i WinProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 57 The General Settings tab 3 1 2 Calculation In the Calculation tab it is possible to choose a default propagation model The default setting is the Erceg Model These propagation models can also be chosen while calculating The Maximum and Minimum Antenna Area can be changed if necessary brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 47 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems A license file is needed to use CORLA This license is limited to a project and can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support info brown iposs eu The elevation theme provides bilinear interpolation or nearest neighbour The elevation model can also be chosen during a calculation e Nearest neighbour Nearest neighbour is an imprecise algo
251. ossible scenario Existing antenna types will not be replaced Instead of replacing the log shows the following information brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 129 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Object Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 UUID 21b4e388 3916 4606 b6a6 acd81163d2dc already exists and has not been replaced Figure 212 Log with warning message 7 1 8 Activate or Deactivate Antennas Sometimes antennas need to be activated or deactivated for instance to make calculations faster This is important for larger projects There are several ways to activate or deactivate antennas One of these ways is described in the next chapter 2 7 1 8 1 How to Activate Deactivate Antennas 3 To set antennas active or inactive open the Sites tab in the Project Explorer Activation We Me L Ss me Y Data ie UY WIMAX BS1 5V amp Radio Unit 1 Basel_Seki l G Radio Unit 2 v Basel_Sek2 4 amp Radio Unit 3 Basel_Sek3 lt ie YY WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Ie i Radio Unit 1 Basel_Seki Ie i Radio Unit 2 V Base1_Sek2 Ie i Radio Unit 3 v Basel_Sek3 lt e YY WLAN_BS2_5GHz V i Radio Unit 1 V amp Base2_5GHz_Seki Ie Radio Unit 2 V Base2_5GHz_Sek3 V i Radio Unit 3 V Base2_5GHz_Sek2 lt le YY WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz 5V amp Radio Unit 1 v Base3_Sek1i ID Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type v Basel_Seki WiMAX BS1 Radio Unit 1 WIMAX Ch
252. ot need any parameters Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Free Space Propagation Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level W Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column Field Strength W Use Height tAGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier lt iW Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 354 Point field strength calculation settings for Free Space Propagation To configure the Free Space Propagation Model see Chapter 3 1 2 2 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 212 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems id EB Category Potential Customer Name Y Height VN Power Level Field Strength if Moller 10 000 51 9 0 007 690161 99 533639545 521 900 w Peters 8 000 S 0 017 690601 65 5336029 06 516 839 Wolff 7 000 87 4 0 002 690499 51 5336395 45 516 596 ta Layers Points fe Calculation ae Elevation cadastral Clients fr Link Budget Figure 355 A point field strength calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation 10 4 1 5 With WinProp WinProp is for propagation modeling in different scenarios with different model types of calculation gt Field Strength Calculation Calculation Model WinProp Type Dominant Path Model Dominant Path Model Height AGL m 10 000 W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 688101 29 X To 694374 25 Y From 53336
253. other when they overlap Value 0 360 o Downtilt Set the downtilt of an antenna This is important for interconnection or hilly environment o Auto Adjust Can be set to let the program manage the downtilt automatically Value 0 360 o Cable Loss Cable loss for the antennas The exact value can be obtained from the manufacturer of the antenna o Antenna Type Choose the antenna of your choice Make sure the antenna correspond to the conditions A 5 4 GHz antenna may not be used for a 2 4 GHz carrier At the bottom of the window is a short list containing four entries Proper technology pattern is of particular importance If it is highlighted the antenna does not achieve the requirements for the current configuration brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 150 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems All Patterns L Proper Technology Patterns 55 60 8 18 V No Match Proper Polarization Patterns 35 60 8 18 V Figure 245 Invalid antenna pattern Change either Antenna Type or Carrier Type If there is no antenna available for the specific scenario it can be created by choosing Option gt New or Options gt Antenna Types gt New G Antenna e ID Name Antenna 0 Radio Unit Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Direction Direction 0 000 Downtilt 0 000 Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Antenna Type
254. ould be in base load situations Including areas without coverage forces WiMAP 4G to show the theoretical carrier to interferer value for an area assuming there would be coverage If the included area without coverage option is enabled the margin will be ignored WLAN 2 4 GHz 2 000 m above ground 4 3 4 BPSK 1 2 No Coverage Figure 385 Field strength area calculation Erceg A brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 229 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Carvier To Interferer dB 2 000 m above ground Margin 10 00 dB Cartier To Interferer dB 2 000 m above ground c sta Raa Sra GR Figure 387 A carrier to interferer theme example 0 dB margin TS he _ ae wi Tame Bonn Zentrum _ 8 ia it a ae As described in the legend the yellow areas on the map do not have a usable signal Green zones are more efficient A little green circle on the map marks the area with the best carrier to interference ratio Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to show the ratio Maximum 59 47 dB 2 000 m Height 4GL Figure 388 Marker for the best C I brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 230 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o 10 9 The Power Level Theme The power level theme helps to determine the exact values for the power level in specific areas A
255. our W Change Transp 0 v Options Antennas Antenna 240 14 8 Figure 233 Radio unit settings after adding another carrier brown iposs GmbH 1D Tx Power Direction Type 240 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Heir New Edit User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 143 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Select now the added carrier Whether the new carrier matches to the antenna type can be seen in the pattern tab If the carrier and the antenna type do not match the antenna will be deactivated and the font will be changed to red If the carrier is changed the antenna type of each antenna must be also adapted 7 2 5 How to Change Radio Units faster 1 Choose Site gt Change Multiple gt Radio Units 17 Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Create Ra TI c i i E ie Edit 5 I Activation k w z att Import Antennas Export Antennas Change Multiple gt E 7 Figure 234 Change multiple radio units 2 Select the radio unit s and the parameter that has to be changed T LOC st ae a5 Change parameters of multiple radio units at once Radio Units Sample Site C Of Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 C All C Only active Parameters Carrier Don t change Set to Backhaul 38 GHz Colour Don t change Set to m
256. ove Up Move Down Create Building Close ______________ Figure 148 All coordinates added After all coordinates have been entered there should be blue lines which border the building d Make sure to apply the right height for the building Click on Create Building brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 94 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Class Buildings v Height m 8 000 XY Figure 149 A created building e Add buildings with drag and drop This is the fast method It can also be precise if it is done correctly OpenStreetMap offers the exact coordinates for a specific environment Simply click on the corners of buildings in the exact order to connect the points automatically Figure 150 Add all corners f After all coordinates have been captured make sure to apply the right height for the building Click on Create Building brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 95 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems E T Figure 151 Building added via drag and drop 5 1 2 Advanced Buildings As many users realize in a project there is more than just create a building Maybe there are buildings with a courtyard or something similar 1 Open Geodata gt Buildings gt Capture lt i 5 1 2 1 How to Create Courtyard or Similar in Buildings
257. ows 226 10 8 1 Howto Create a Carrier to Interferer Theme eee 227 10 9 PE OWE RIEE VEL THEME spxcucesccceces cuted n E cates uucedteacuatersmnsadeacded sets 231 10 9 1 How to Create a Power Level Theme sss sese eee eee 231 10 10 THE SUB CARRIER INTERFERENCE THEME sese x e e ee eee eee 234 10 10 1 Howto Create a Sub Carrier Interference THEMEC ccccccseesecccnesececseseeseceeseseeaeseeeees 235 10 11 THE MELD STRENGTH THEME sccsarwacconcnsaceinerecessmaecedevencsaucusasogee panveatsnacasarscnsauaaatesenenarvnncansterons 239 10 11 1 How to Create a Field Strength Theme eee eee eee eee 239 10 12 THEELEVATION THEME TTT 243 10 12 1 How to Create an Elevation Theme sese eee eee eee 244 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 7 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 13 RE WISI EVE so ccteayeace ae icesca ch acorns sen seca coun cern E NEE E A 245 10 13 1 How to Create a Visibility Theme sss sese eee eee eee 246 10 13 1 1 How to Clear the Visibility Cache eee eee eee 247 10 14 EXPORT CALCULATION THEME sostatsisoceauincnnsceavecyaciannninessnocsa tae ens dares ensseseeanaseuseensestbeunpeuaeeaeceaunes 248 10141 Howto EXON eT 248 10 13 CLEAR AND DELETE Ee Ean e CTT 250 10 15 1 Howto Clear the Calculation and Theme LAYELS sscccccsessececesececsesecseceeseseeseseeeees 251 10 15 2 How to Delete the Calculation sss sss sees eee 251 10 16 CALCULATION
258. ows 64 bit OS versions To start the 64 bit version please select wimap 4g 64bit exe instead of wimap 4g exe A 64 bit Java Runtime Environment is included in WiMAP 4G 16 1 3Which languages does WiMAP 4G support In the current version WiMAP 4G supports English language only Other languages can be Supported on request 16 1 4Do I have to be online to use WiMAP 4G No but You need to be online to get a license for your WiMAP 4G installation An internet connection is also necessary if you want to use OpenStreetMap to plan your maps Additional satellite photos and elevation models can be downloaded from within the program if an internet connection is available 16 1 5What file formats does WiMAP 4G support project import export save load projects cadastral data import elevation data import gif tif tiff png background image export import plot Terrain Profiler diagram export 3D view export import export buildings structures export isolines CORINE data import antennas points import export plot export calculation import export antenna pattern import export Table 2 File formats supported by WiIMAP 4G brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 281 of 297 T em e z Iposs 16 1 6How much does WiMAP 4G cost The costs of WiMAP 4G depend on the used edition number of licenses and selected propagation models that shall be planned with WiMAP 4G Since there is no constant price for all these feat
259. parte Be jepow uoneaaa Y i Steinhausen pied je qsepe gt ra ie N athalernoh N a lt a x g l t f lagia D Cursor Point S Log AE Terrain Profiler G Figure 1 The WiMAP 4G working interface E 1 2 WIMAP 4G Editions Currently there are two different versions of WiMAP 4G available The Professional Edition offers additional features and supports more objects in the same project 1 2 1 WiMAP 4G Community Edition The WiMAP 4G Community Edition is a free version which contains most of the functionality but with specific restrictions Features of the Community Edition e a configurable and clean interface brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 12 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e easy generation of new projects e import of cadastral data e import of elevation models e lists buildings and wood e provides a large number of different antennas e constructing clients and points e measurement points e import of location images e extensive calculation options e many different themes e a 3D view of the terrain e the Terrain Profiler to keep track of the area e detailed calculations with the link budget e isolines e export of isolines e propagation models o Erceg model provides three different patterns or individual creation o ITU R P 1411 3 o Free Space Propagation The Community Edition allows a maximum of 12 radio st
260. points Do not use the Z column because this will distort the results At last choose the carrier for the calculation and press OK to start the calculation 10 4 2Compare all Propagation Models With the help of the point categories it is also possible to compare the propagation models A propagation model may give good results whereas another does not offer good results for a special case With some modifications the results of all propagation models can be compared to make a decision 10 4 2 1 How to Use all Propagation Models for a Point Field Strength Calculation 1 Choose Points gt Edit Categories brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 214 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name Y Potential Customer potential customer Points Clients Link Calc Create Edit Multiple q Export Import Figure 358 Open the point category settings 2 Choose the desired point category in this case Potential Customer was chosen Add columns for all propagation models To edit point classes see chapter 9 1 1 and 9 1 2 3 The result should look like this N arme Potential Customer Browse Columns erceg power erceg field Field Si Delete ITU R P 1411 3 power Power ITU R P 1411 3 field Field Si Corla power Power Move Up Carla field Field 51 free space power Power free space field
261. pre configured site was chosen the carrier and site height can be set brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 146 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Sites Points Clients Link IN Create P accu csetvsesrscecsvececes sacs creas po HE Ma Edit z Technology G WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX Activation 3 Height m Import Antennas g Empty Sie Export Antennas 14 pr oK Cancel Change Multiple K x _ Cancel IAN BE EST Figure 239 Create empty or 3 sector example sites A site can also be created by right clicking the desired point on the map and click on Create Site Create Client Create Point kal Show in Google Maps Figure 240 Create a site on the map If there are no carrier and antennas pre configured only an empty site can be created In that case radio units carriers and antennas must be created while creating this site To create radio units carriers and antennas see the chapters 6 7 1 1 and 7 2 10 2 Choose a name for the new site and type in the correct coordinates where the site should be placed brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 147 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ID Name Site H Position Site Description X 6 55 45 131 Browse Country y 5
262. precision takes a lot more time to calculate Make sure that the used precision level is in need for your requirements P New preconfigured Project I cannot find the desired place via specified address S1 Try other keywords for your desired place S2 Try also zip codes S3 Take another place near the desired one and choose a bigger frame for the project P Not enough memory for calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 283 of 297 6 sroadband wireless networks investigations planning operations support systems Iposs S1 This usually happens while making calculation with very high quality on a low memory machine Making a detailed calculation using the CORLA Raylauncher can consume far more than 4 Gigabyte of RAM S2 The used memory can be set to a specific maximum value in the wimap 4g vmoptions Open the file using the windows editor and change the maximum Java heap size P OpenStreetMap Tile X Y Z could not be loaded S OpenStreetMap is not reachable at the moment Check your internet connection or try it again later This can also indicate a problem with your firewall Contact your system administrator for further information or support P I cannot use CORLA Raylauncher S Since the CORLA Raylauncher is not a brown iposs application it is a third party software and needs a license to work for every special scenario If you need a license contact info brown iposs eu for furth
263. preconfigured for every carrier type but the specific values can be changed by Clicking Edit Colour options can be changed by clicking on Levels To add a new value a brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 110 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o level needs to be created first C ick Levels gt Add add the specific values and click on OK Now the parameters of this new value can be set with Edit 5 If all necessary carriers have been created or edited click on OK 6 2 Import Carrier Importing carrier is possible with WiMAP 4G Both importing carrier information from other projects to the active working set and importing carrier data from other programs that allow exporting data in rad format is provided This feature can be useful to import carriers for the specific country and restrictions of this country Carriers used in European projects and also the program defaults may be useless in other country for example in America With this feature the American carriers can be imported and do not need to be created for every project 6 2 1 How to Import Carrier 3 L q 1 Choose Carriers gt Import Directory C 1E Computer Name Size Last Modified H F Carrers Antennz Create K Edit aa Import File Name rad Filter Export File rad E cancel Figure 179 Import carriers 2 Choose the rad file that holds the new
264. r activation 4 After applying the filter parameter will activate all affected antennas 7 1 9 Invalid Antennas An antenna will be invalid if the carrier of the radio unit or the associated antenna type does not match The colour font of the antenna will change to red and the antenna is deactivated for calculation The following figures show clearly how the invalid antennas look in WiMAP 4G projects brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 132 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 06 55 485 kes Country 50 42 47 708 State Z m 60 902 District Municipality Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Street Components Radio Unit 1 i Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 ie Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 Antenna 240 5 4 Radio Unit 1 i of Antenna 0 M Radio Unit 2 of Antenna 120 5 4 Radio Unit 3 of Antenna 240 s Radio Unit 1 i Lol Antenna 0 9 Radio Unit 2 i iM Antenna 120 9 G Radio Unit 3 of 7 Antenna 240 E J Sample Site E Radio Unit 1 E Antenna 0 5 4 Radio Unit 2 i v Antenna 120 lt ie Radio Unit 3 gt Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Antenna O a Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Antenna 0 s Radio Unit 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 14 8 0 00 Antenna 0 Sample Sit
265. r getting better brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 43 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems calculation results or even finding an interfering one The upper part of the calculation tab offers all important calculations that are possible with WiMAP 4G Right click on sites radio unit or antennas offers many features described in corresponding chapters of this manual Ex Be he a U WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz IG Radio Unit 1 ME Basel_Sek1 W Gi Radio Unit 2 VE Basel_Sek2 e Radio Unit 3 M Basel_Sek3 AU WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Radio Unit 1 M Base3_Sek1 n Sites Te Layers Points Calcula a Elevati adas Clients Link Bu fas MS E Figure 52 The Calculation tab 2 4 5 The Elevation Model Tab The Elevation Model tab shows all elevation data that is used in the actual project The elevation model file name and the file path are shown A right click on an elevation model file offers the possibility to unload the file More information about elevation models elevation model import and editing elevation models can be found in the corresponding chapters of this manual Name Y Path munich ase C Programme WiMAP 4Gger demo munich asc s Points Era ead Y clients Link Figure 53 The Elevation Model tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 44 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operation
266. ra Platform Autopilot Center Antenna Figure 457 Navigation specials Center Antenna 14 3 Export a 3D View A 3D view can also be exported lt i 14 3 1How to Export a 3D View Assuming that a 3D view has been created The export of a 3D view is only possible from within the 3D view window 1 Choose Plot gt Export Pl ot N a viga tion S Export I Choose i L Cancel Figure 458 Export of a 3D View 2 Decide to export the picture directly to a file or to the clipboard The clipboard option allows the user to paste the picture in another program for example Microsoft Word If you want to export the picture directly to a file Choose a filepath by entering the path or click on Choose to navigate through the computer Click on OK to export the picture A png file is saved at the specific filepath now and can be opened with every program that supports the png format T P m y on L da E ay x a he a E Z SE j x it E a d Y TAG Ty Sf a S Figure 459 Exported png brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 275 of 297 P em e Iposs 15 Glossary 3D view It is possible to create a 3D view of the current project in WiMAP 4G A better observation is possible with the help of the 3D view Calculation results will also be shown in the 3D view Antennas WiMAP 4G supports every kind of antenna for example omni yagi Antennas will be considered with the he
267. re 229 Figure 230 Figure 231 Figure 232 Figure 233 Figure 234 Figure 235 Figure 236 Figure 237 Figure 238 Figure 239 Figure 240 Figure 241 Figure 242 Figure 243 Figure 244 Figure 245 Figure 246 Figure 247 Figure 248 Figure 249 Figure 250 Figure 251 Figure 252 Figure 253 Figure 254 Figure 255 Figure 256 Figure 257 Figure 258 Figure 259 Figure 260 Figure 261 Figure 262 Figure 263 Figure 264 Figure 265 Figure 266 brown iposs GmbH 6 Creating a NEW ANTENNE voce erase se ivse sewn iene seee seat eesteiwaeneeeneneaeeeawiaweuaweeseeeauatues 135 Radio unit with distributed ANTENNAS ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeess 136 Distributed antennas with same directions c sss s esec e ecce e eee eee eee 136 Distributed antennas with different GireCtiONS ccccsceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 137 Site Settings WINKOW cccseecencsecusncuearcecnearecuearsesnearseseeatseseearseseearsesnensensas 138 Radio unit SETTINGS WINKOW xs ss sx eee ee e ee eee eee 139 EGG Gi radio UMU cic stenecnres sreweieceans petersae econ EEE EREE AEE EEEIEE EEEE 140 CODY eh elle BIT 141 EGC Cie aC MMU E E a E E 141 Radio unit settings for changing the carrier cesses eee ee e ee eee e ee eee e eee eee 142 Ba e een lT 143 Radio unit settings after adding another carrier cccsceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 143 Change multiple radio units sss sese eee ee eee e ee eee eee 144 C
268. re 266 Create points from the menu e Right click the desired position on the map and choose Create Point Create Site Create Client F L Create Point i Figure 267 Create a point on the map e Choose the point tab in the Project Explorer right click there and choose New New Insert b ea Erd Se a Figure 268 Create a point in the points tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 164 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o 2 Choose a point category in the appearing window and click on OK Select Category Category CSc Y Options cancel Figure 269 Choose a category If there is no point category it needs to be created This can be done by choosing Options gt New A short introduction how to create point categories can be found in chapter 8 2 2 3 The next window shows all the columns created in the chosen point category Feel free to fill as many as you can The X Y coordinates can be manually set to make sure the point position hits the actual position of the customer exactly If the coordinates are only known from a different coordinate system press Browse to set them correctly Please note that Carrier List appears as soon as a column Carrier exists in the point category While changing the text in the column Carrier the suitable carrier will be automatically searched in the Carrier Lis
269. re there are no actual buildings or shift buildings a few meters away due to incorrect coordinates can doom a project to failure Shifting may cause bad results which makes it hard to realize the project In the last resort a project seems to work in the program but in reality there are big field strength problems This section refers to buildings but wood can be imported in the very same way Buildings should be created to the best of ones knowledge to eliminate possibility of future problems 5 1 1 How to Create Buildings 17 1 Open Geodata gt Buildings gt Capture Class Buildings Height m 8 000 Coordinates XIN Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Li Elevation Model yy wo walla Buildings gt Load Buildings Maps j Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 145 Capture buildings 2 There are two ways to create buildings or wood e For the exact but slow method watch a d e For the fast method watch e f brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 92 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss SS a Add buildings by entering the exact coordinates This is for sure the more precise method to create buildings but therefore it is more time consuming Click Add and enter the building coordinates These have to b
270. reate power level theme from Calculation tab ccccecsesesseeeeeeeseneeseerereees 232 Create power level theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 232 Power level theme settings cccccscecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeanseeags 233 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A seene 233 A power level theme example Munich 10 dB margin sss sss esse e eee eee eee eee 234 A power level theme example Munich 0 dB Margin sss sss sss sees eee eee eee ee 234 Marker for the best power l VEl cccccscecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeseeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaneeeags 234 Creating a sub carrier interference theme from MENU sese e eee e e e ee e e ee e e e 235 Creating a sub carrier interference theme from calculation tab sss sese ee e 236 Creating a sub carrier interference theme from calculation tab by right clicking ia eed ee alee etn eee ne one ciease E sane eaue nuns neaheuseusaneusuneatadeeeutaedeveures 236 Sub carrier interference theme settings see eee ee e eee e e ee ee e eee eee eee 237 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A seene 238 A sub carrier interference theme example Munich 0 dB margin 00008 238 Marker for best Sub carrier interference cccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeass 239 Create field strength theme from MENU sss sese eee e eee e ee ee e eee eee eee eee 239 Creating field strength theme from Calculation tab sss sees eee eee eee e
271. rence the whole consideration is done for the selected sub carrier independent of being the sub carrier the best server or not With the help of this theme areas of high interference for a given sub carrier and its carrying frequency can easily be explored brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 238 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems IpOSS EE A little green circle on the map marks the area with the best sub carrier interference Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to see the exact power WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz PRSE Maximum 55 50 dB 1 000 m Height AGL Figure 403 Marker for best sub carrier interference 10 11 The Field Strength Theme The field strength theme is useful to determine for example the power density in a specific area around antennas This can be used to see if the power density fulfils the conditions given by the specific environment A high power density can cause damage on human health so a power density theme should always be made to check out the field strength and to see if the critical values do not get exceeded Note that the field strength theme is created at that height the field strength area calculation was made L T 10 11 1 How to Create a Field Strength Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calcu
272. rgin To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 241 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 000 m above ground oamed 3 4 oamed 1 2 Z QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 T QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 no Coverage WLAN _BS3_2 4GHz gicatel lucent WLAN _BS2_SGHz Figure 408 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A g SU Power Density pW m Maximum Load Peak Level 10 000 m above ground to Cte a 7 tars Figure 409 A field strength theme example Munich 0 dB margin maximum load peak level brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 242 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Power uie pW 771 Maximum Load Peak Level 10 000 m above ground H 7 Figure 410 A field strength theme example Munich 10 dB margin maximum load peak level In our demo project Munich everything works fine and most of the area has a power density lt 1 uW m2 Figure 411 Marker for the best field strength A little green circle on the map marks the area with the highest power density Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to show the exact power density 10 12 The Elevation Theme The elevation theme shows all the elevation differences in the terrain and therefore it is useful for presentations and for a better overview It is a
273. rithm It takes the height of the nearest point which got a value in the elevation model e Bilinear interpolation This algorithm is more precise It considers the closest four neighbours and calculates the average value of their height That is why it is recommended even if it needs a little bit more processing time which should not be registered on actual computer systems Figure 59 Nearest neighbour brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 48 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Z Project Properties General Calculation Mode EN Empirical models l Maximum Antenna Area m 10000 000 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Minimum Antenna Area m 10000 000 Erceg Model Visibility License File Choose CORLA Raylauncher E r z Aea Elevation Calculation Bilinear Interpolation M Model Parameters WinProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours l ok Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 60 The Calculation Settings tab 3 1 2 1 Themes The Theme tab contains all colour settings of the program Some improvements should be done if larger projects shall be planned Default settings are preset for every theme For large projects additional colours should be added as well as some presets for different locations Theme settings should always be made in Project Defaults to keep them saved for future projects Colour pr
274. rks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 348 50 o coverage probability For example the rectangle in Figure 348 has a 50 chance for this area receiving a signal which can be demodulated with QAM 64 To change the model parameters or the standard coverage probability see chapter 3 1 2 2 3 a Category Potential Customer Name Y Height N Power Level Field Strength lt T Z M ller 10 000 65 3 0 003 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 w Peters 6 000 54 5 0 003 690601 65 5336029 06 515 539 wolff 7 000 90 6 0 001 690499 51 5336395 45 316 596 sinks fe Calculation g Elevation cadastral FJ Link Budget Figure 349 A point field strength calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 o resolution absolute 5 m 10 4 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model 3 2 1 The CORLA Raylauncher settings which can be made during a point field strength calculation are limited First of all the precision in X Y direction and in Z direction can be set in meter Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is large So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overlooked brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 209 of 297 broadband wireless networks investi
275. rseseearsesuearsaseearsaseearseseeares 167 Figure 275 Edit multiple points at ONCE sss eee eee eee eee 167 Figure 276 Choose column and VAlUC ccccececeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeaeeeeateeseeeeensesanes 168 Figure 277 Slow way to activate deactivate points s eee e eee eee 168 Figure 278 The tool panel Of points tab s sees eee 169 Figure 279 Export points as CSV Tle sse ee eee eee 169 Figure 280 Export points dialogue WwWIndOW sss xxx sx x eee eee 170 Figure 281 Export points aS kml file sese s see eee ee eee eee 170 Figure 282 Select path for export aS kml hle sees e eee ee eee 171 Fig re 283 Import pOiNTS ccc teu oe crt ect tewedewe vent dowd seme demi N vene dowd seme dowd seme veucue 171 Figure 284 Import points dialog WINGOW cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeeseseeanes 172 Figure 285 Set the types Of ParaMeterS cccecceeecseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesseeeseeeeeesesanes 172 Figure 286 left Edit single point right Edit multiple points cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 173 Figure 287 Choosing Points Colour from menu sss se e eee e e eee e e e ee e e e eee eee 174 Fig r 288 Points COIOUl SeFIHG xs saske kya XX XY YR ERN N VAN SNNN XRK TNN XSXN ea 174 Figure 289 Convert points to client from MENU sss se s eee e e eee e e e ee e e e eee eee 175 Figure 290 Create clients from points settings cs ss eee e eee e e eee eee 17
276. rt introduction how to create client profiles can be found in chapter 9 1 1 e The carrier that should be used by the client The carrier needs to be chosen to continue It needs to be created if none is existing A short introduction how to create carrier profiles can be found in chapter 6 1 e The Height of the Clients Antenna This value is really important according to the site position e X and Y coordinates of the Client If the client was created with a right click on the map the coordinates should be precise but it is the same as for the height Minimal changes can be important to get a signal so try to use exact coordinates Beside the rows there is a Browse Button which allows to enter the coordinates If the user knows client coordinates of a coordinate system which is not used for the actual project he can use them anyway The program itself will translate them to the actual project coordinate system e The Z coordinate is the height of the ground itself If an elevation model exists the Z coordinate will be set automatically to a value brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 183 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Client Name brown iposs Browse Site Site 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Q Profile Profile 2 4GHz lt Options Height AGL m 10 000 x 368082 96
277. rt working 3 2 1 1 1 How to Find Specific Geographic Coordinates with Google Maps 1 Open http maps google com and search for the specific area Example Bonn Germany St Augu Figure 105 Open Google Maps 2 Right click on the red marker and select What s here s Bd Route von hier J Route hierher Vergr ern L Verkleinern 0 Karte hier zentrieren _ Was ist hier pendarf rr EF v M Dottendorf_ Figure 106 Right click the red marker 3 Now the specific coordinates appear in the search bar whereat 50 639062 is the latitude and 7 094765 is the longitude 90 739062 7 094765 Figure 107 The coordinates 4 Copy longitude and latitude to WiIMAP 4G Please make sure that project coordinates are set to Geographic Coordinates brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 72 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 2 2 Create Empty Projects This option creates a new empty project The coordinate system type can be specified elevation model and satellite images can be imported later An empty project does not need to be saved while creation 3 2 2 1 How to Create an Empty Project 1 Open Project gt New or choose Y from the Control Bar 17 2 Choose Create empty project 3 Choose a coordinate system UTM Gauss Krueger Geographic Create Project Steps Type Do you want to start a pre co
278. rview on the environment and especially on buildings and boundaries in the project WiMAP 4G supports the dxf format Cadastral data can be purchased from the local land survey register Calculation Layer After a field strength calculation has been done the results are conditioned and can be presented in different ways These results will be constantly available even in case of changing some network parameters It is also possible to make different field strength calculations for different network parameters The results can be activated at the calculation layer at any time To obtain a good overview calculations are brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 276 of 297 6 always temporary and will be deleted after making a new calculation of the same type To keep a calculation available at any time it can be saved in the calculation tab of the Project Explorer Carrier In telecommunication a carrier wave or carrier is a waveform that is modulated with an input signal for the purpose of conveying information This carrier wave is usually of much higher frequency than the input signal The purpose of the carrier is usually either to transmit the information through space as an electromagnetic wave or to allow several carriers at different frequencies to share a common physical transmission medium by frequency division multiplexing Client A client is usually used to refer to a current or potential buyer or user of the connection
279. s Polarisation Figure 14 Plot gt Export menu brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 20 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Units The calculation units for Field Strength Power Level Power Rate and Data Rate can be set here Global Settings Startup Units Field Strength Calculation r RA ee Decimal Separator Plot be Medium f Legend Power Level Unit dBm i Export r Field Strength Unit uW m Power Unit dBm Check for New Version Data Rate kbit s Format Unity Input Decimal Digits Output Decimal Digits MB 2 2 MHz 3 Mbit s 3 V m 3 W 8 W m 6 settings will only affect after restarting the program Figure 15 Units menu These settings will only effect after restarting WiMAP 4G e Check for New Version When starting up WiMAP 4G it will be checked whether a new version is available Here you can enable to use a proxy server for the internet connection depending on your system configuration brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 21 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems zaa _ Y a p Startup Check for New Version Field Strength Calculation Database Plot f Use a proxy server to connect to the internet Medium Legend Export Units Figure 16 Check for New Version menu brown ipos
280. s GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 22 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 First Steps 2 1 The First Project After installation and activation are successfully completed the program launches and a new project can be created WIMAP 4G v5 1 0 Community Edition New Loleza Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help oso oeXeQQQQliaavA amp s Points gQ at Welcome to WiMAP 4G What Do You Want To Do C Create New Project Load Project From File Load demo project Munich Cursor Point coe x Y HAGL m 2 m 075 075 g z E Le Scale 1 N Adjust e T 5 a g 0 25 0 2 0 00 0 00 5 0 7 Dist e m S Log FY Terrain Profiler sites Layers Points fxCalc Beva cada dents F ink x 130 54 y 43 37 Figure 17 WiMAP 4G launches for the first time After launching WiMAP 4G for the first time there are three possibilities e Create a new project e Load a project from a rad file e Have a look at the demo project Munich Newcomers should take a look at the demo project to get an impression of the program and its possibilities brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 23 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Project Geodsta Carers ASnterma Types Sites
281. s e planning e operations support systems 13 1 1Manually 1 Open the Link Budget calculation tab in the Project Exp orer or choose Link gt Link Budget 2 Enter the corresponding values into the link budget tab Existing values are set by default while starting the link budget calculation to match the standard values for the corresponding parameter Do not change these parameters if you are not sure what they do or which more specific values could match your special case 3 WiMAP 4G automatically changes the results while you insert the values Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm 0 000 0 000 Max Pilot Power dBm 0 000 0 000 Antenna Gain Tx dBi 0 000 0 000 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 0 000 Tx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 EIRP dBm 0 000 0 000 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 0 000 0 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm Antenna Gain Rx dBi 0 000 0 000 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB Dimensioning Own source interference Other source interf margin dB Fast fading margin dB Log normal fading margin dB Indoor Loss dB Environmental Loss dB Performance Gains dB Max permitted prop loss dB Free Space cell range m Erceg C cell range m Carrier Frequency MHz 3500 000 a Sites a Layers Points E Calculation a Elevation cadastral
282. s results in a much bigger work area see eee e e ee e e e e e 38 The Project EXxplOrer cccccscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeeeeaeaeeeeaeaeeeseeaneegags 39 WS SIS S AD TETT T T ET T T T T T T T T TTT 40 The L yers e 41 Buildings layer enabled and disabled sese s sese 41 All used points will be SHOWN in alat scs s eee eee eee e eee eee 42 The Points tab Coverage esse sese eee ee eee seene 43 The Points tab Visualisation see ee ee eee eee 43 Te CICA Te a Dirree iLE EEEE E ec saa eet eae een en eas eee EEE anaes 44 The Elevation Model tab sese eee 44 The Cadastral Data tab sees seene 45 The Clients tab e eee eee 45 The LINK Budget tab sss sees e eee 46 The General Settings tab cccscscsessesecesseneceseesecusnenscuseenscusnesseusuensenseeusaensegues 47 Bilinear interpolation sse e ee eee e e eee e eee 48 Nearest lats lise T 48 The Calculation Settings ab see ee e eee eee 49 The Theme Settings ab secs sese eee seene eenn enen 50 Selecting a CNCNICcacecsacanacurcscscatasasareneseaaewsasesepetcsangeasaecespesacasanuneseneaeesasapeees 50 Selecting the desired theme sss esse esc e sese ese sec eee ee esen 50 PR CIVIC DONO T 51 Selecting a heme esec eee eee ee e eee ee seen eee eee 51 Click on NeW parca cere eee eee eee 51 Click Add to add new intervals css s esse ecce eee 52 EEE le L E E E E E E E 52 The created profile appears in the liet sse e eee eee eee eee 52 The Empirical Mo
283. s support systems images as jpeg It is possible to browse and to rotate through multiple images from one location while watching lt i 4 4 1 How to Import a Location Image Images 1 Select Geodata gt Images gt Import Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Elevation Model k Buildings K Maps Delete Figure 132 Import of location images 2 Enter Layer Name choose One File and set a File path Layer Name Location Image Import f One File C Location Images 20150409_144612 jpq Use as Background Image max Mwy E File formats jpg jpeg T Copy File to project directory Format canca Figure 133 Import of one file 3 For importing more than one file Enter Layer Name choose More Files and then enter a Directory path brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 85 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Import More Files C Location Images f One File Use as Background Image File formats jpg jpeq T Copy Files to project directory Format Figure 134 Import of more than one file VilicFRAGiNdd rE FA i 20150409 15234287 a 20150409_ 152610 4 20150409_ 152649 L aen l B w X S CARET 70 5 r TRAN ha Benisnans 151958 M A i gt S L Eo E 15212 20150409 152511 R reo _ 20150409 Ts3120 V L A C We g K Bir
284. s support systems 2 4 6 The Cadastral Data Tab The Cadastral Data tab shows all the cadastral data which is used in the actual project The cadastral data file name and the file path are shown A right click on a cadastral data file offers the possibility to unload this file More information about cadastral data and cadastral data import can be found in the corresponding chapters of this manual Name Y Repository Path Reavers E Points Era Figure 54 The Cadastral Data tab 2 4 7 The Clients Tab The Clients tab shows all created clients in the actual project with their corresponding profile height coverage power level and carrier to interfere values A right click on a client offers all the possibilities to create edit or delete the client and to choose the Terrain Explorer to show the environment between the client and his corresponding site More information about clients and associated possible actions can be found in the corresponding chapters of this manual ID Site Carrier Profile Height AGL Covera v airspan WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5GHz Net 17 000 v alcatel lucent WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5GHz Net 17 000 QAM16 v alvarion WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN SGHz Net 23 000 v beceem WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 v brown iposs WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 25 000 v intel WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Cha
285. s support systems poss Sau 5 2 Edit Buildings The building size can be changed as well Please keep in mind that building needs at least three coordinates lt i 5 2 1 How to Edit a Building 1 Jake a right click on an existing building and select Edit Building and the Edit Building window will be opened ee crdbebernh fe cy tur Aeris z Hr aa i 1 099 a lj mE S r Create Site Create Client P Create Point Show in Google Maps A Assign Building Attributes h Kd Rudina h y Delete Building A T BEI TES TR R Figure 160 Context menu of a building gt Edit Building class E Height m 18 000 Coordinates x Add 7905 31 103 50 4 7 05 31 664 50 Edit 7 05 33 698 50 4 7 05 33 169 50 4 Figure 161 Edit building window 2 After changing click on Change Building to save the changes 5 3 Export Buildings Buildings can be exported from WiMAP 4G to import buildings to other programs or to WiMAP 4G itself for a different project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 99 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 3 1 How to Export Buildings 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Save Buildings Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Li Elevation Model gt A 2 w OC QD Bl Buildings gt Load Buildings Maps Save Buildings
286. se State Z m 54 006 District Lo Le Le Ley Le Municipality Colour Place Colour W Change Transp o Street Description Site ID Components p Radio Unit 1 in Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 io Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 i Antenna 240 Figure 250 Edit the site and click OK to save changes 3 Antennas and radio units can be edited by choosing Edit function A short introduction how to edit antennas and radio units can be found in chapter 7 1 2 1 respectively in chapter 7 2 2 4 Click on OK to save changes 7 3 3 How to Copy Sites 1 Right click the desired site in the Sites tab and choose Create Copy brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 154 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems fv Radio Unit 2 tf Antenna 120 gt e G Radio Unit 3 iM Antenna 240 M St Radio New M ar I Ar Edit 9 Radio Delete ol Ar ee e Radio nf An Change Multiple Site4 Activation L Radio vorme Cd Antenna 0 if G Antenna 20 G Radio Unit 2 inf Antenna 120 v Radio Unit 3 iA Antenna 240 Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Antenna 0 Sitel Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stella Dorad Antenna 0 site2 Radio Unit 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 14 8 0 00 Stell
287. se calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a carrier to interferer theme e Choose Themes gt Carrier to Interferer gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Oe Coverage K 18 Best Server d 2 Carrier To Interferer l oa Display tex Power Level Sub Carrier Interference K b 2 Field Strength K K b Display Isoline Export b Points Colour fe Elevation M Elevation Building Visibility Clear Figure 381 Create carrier to interferer theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click 2 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 227 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems K KISS sz WIND Site 1 Gv Radio Unit 1 MA Antenna 0 eB Antenna 10 Radio Unit 2 v G Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 MB Antenna 240 e Site 2 WW Radio Unit 1 WJ Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 v Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 v Antenna 210 V Antenna 240 Figure 382 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Carrier To Interferer Cu Be Be me Be bx 19 2015 01 28 21 03 27 M UP Site 1 al Radio Unit 1 i M Antenna 0
288. seeseeeseess 101 5 5 1 How to Create Buildings Using Cadastral Data ccccccssesecccsesececcsseseceeseceeeesecssaeeness 101 5 6 CREATE BUILDINGS USING CORINE PROFESSIONAL EDITION sss sese xe eee 102 5 6 1 How to Create Buildings Using CORINE Data sss ss sexe eee 102 5 DELETE RIL ee 105 5 7 1 How to Delete Building manually cccccccseesecccnesececseesescceusecessusecsssuesessceusecesesecesseeness 105 Bio CEAR BULDING Gh Ci T 105 5 8 1 FIOW to Clear Building ec a isuesrrerien innne eenn EE TERE 106 CARRIER oraaa A T 107 6 1 HOW TO CREATE OR EDIT CARRIER TT 108 Ga I T 619 FCAR RIER eee eee ene E E E A E E re eer S 111 6 2 1 HOW COOOL COMIC sarrias irsini E EEEE TEE EEEE A 111 SITES RADIO UNITS AND ANT TENNAS sesssssesoesoesossessesossossossossosoossososssssossossossossosssssesoe 113 LL ANTENNA See E EE E E rere 113 7 1 1 Cre ACIS orron E n E E A E E 113 7 1 1 1 Howto Create ANT nl C 113 7 1 1 2 HOW tO Create Antenna U 115 L EANO FANUC GS cierran inisin rE EEEE EE EEEE T TEE 118 7 1 2 1 Howto I Pa UNV A Seci a r E E EE hse eases hes 118 7 1 2 2 How to Edit Antenna Types sese eee eee 120 7 1 3 HOW tOo CODY ANTenNOS vcapareccpunsceccnrteceeadarsece ase Sarendeatatccnsatadccesesaisensatateccuuneeceametenucerircad 121 7 1 4 How to Change all Antennas Faster sse eee eee eee 122 JAD TOW TO ee rae T eree 123 ES H Export Antennas sccsscutqnnssatuacsoacgencinns cdienennaisunnsaia vouagaddoecaassiveqdnansuachos nctentyca
289. ssaees 168 6 9 EXPORTAND IMPORT OF POINTS aas scra anaa 0242 aa cR a eda NS 42 EEEE EE EEEE N 169 8 5 1 How to Export Points as CSV HIS sss sese 169 8 5 2 How to Export Points OS KIM file ccccccceecccccseseccccsecccccesececsusecsscueseceeeusecesausecssseesesessess 170 8 5 3 FLOW COOL POMI isc tessa saat EEEE OERA 171 Bee POINTS COLOUR ASSIGNMENT sssccetisunsadessester ecyncndeeceneeuevevacedessgai ae cava ate ecvt as nonin sesente sane eats 172 8 6 1 How to Change the Colour Of a Point manually sss sese eee eee eee 173 8 6 2 Change Colour of Points temporary by Visualisation aD sss sese eee eee eee 173 8 6 3 Change Colour of Points by Coverage aD sss sese eee 173 8 6 4 Change Colour of Points according to Theme Calculation cccccccececcceeecceecsceecsceeess 174 OA me 8 3 iow 1D 6110 Bc eee nee ne ne ne EE er ee eee ee eee ee er eee ee 174 8 7 1 How to Create Clients from Points sss sees eee ee eee 175 8 7 2 HOW to Convert Clients tO Points e sese eee ee eee 176 Be PONTPARAMETER ETT 178 8 8 1 HOW TO Lele CON OT TT 178 IN arrori E ger sa nan ere vevacacnsnv as E O E ys tecesscansasaeabaseemuouene 179 eke CENT PROFILE eener nn A E E E E E E A AE ere sess ee 179 9 1 1 How to Create Client Profiles sss ss sese sees seene 179 DTP HOW s lt T ac rd elre rd PI OHS saccsetccticrancrdeaccraciecsatansadsstaedereeussdensereaseceatenscdusiareccssunsicmeanecsess 181 SF ae 8 2s CREATION eee eee ee eee er ec ee eee ce
290. stem technology in short systems Especially for last mile connections many different types of hardware and frequencies are in use for example WLAN based on the 802 11a standard compared to the connections between the sites they will be connected for example with a radio relay system based on the 802 16a standard Terrain Profiler The Terrain Profiler is a useful tool to get an overview of the environment and the elevation of the project It can be used in several ways The main aspect of the Terrain Profiler is the ability to detect problems in the terrain while linking two sites The Terrain Profiler is a drag and drop tool which detects buildings mountains or even trees that could interfere the connection It is also possible to start a link budget calculation with the Terrain Profiler Results can be plotted or exported for presentations Themes WiMAP 4G offers a lot of possibilities to visualize or display georeferenced results of field strength calculations and the resulting conclusions for example coverage power level brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 280 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 16 FAQ 16 1 1What is WiMAP 4G WiMAP 4G is the radio network planning tool by brown iposs It offers a simplified engaging way to plan investigate manage and analyse wireless networks 16 1 2Does WiIMAP 4G supports 64 bit operating systems Yes on Wind
291. t If nothing can be found it is marked in red and an error message is issued A check whether the project has sites with carrier is included Point x 367181 80 5623164 41 z m Power dBm 45 000 SNR dB 17 000 Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Height m 2 000 Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel i Colour E Change Transp 0 Coverage cares Figure 270 Fields for creating a point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 165 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Pointi Figure 271 The new point appears on the map 17 8 3 2 How to Edit Single Points Sometimes points need to be edited because there may be more information about the customer available If this includes a new type of value edit the point category first and edit the point afterwards 1 There are two possibilities to edit a single point Right click on the point on the map and choose Edit Poil Edit Delete Create site T 79T 7 Create client Create point 4 LC gt i p Se EOSIN 5 re Figure 272 Editing a point on the map Right click on the point in the Project Explorer and click on Edit List Coverage visualisation e Category Measurement Name v Power SNR _ Carrier EEEE TE O New Delete Delete Figure 273 Editing a point with the help of the points tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual
292. t Selected Client Active Clients Point Category WLan_Customer Figure 296 Remove clients after the conversion 3 Click OK to convert the clients to points a i Figure 297 The points appear on the map brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 177 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 8 Point Parameters L T 8 8 1 How to Assign carrier 1 7ake a right click on the point on the map or in the list tab of the points tab and click on Edit x Y z m Point1 367181 80 5623184 41 Power dBm 45 000 SNR dB Carrier Height m Carrier List Colour 17 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 2 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 lt l change Transp 0 Coverage Figure 298 The edit window of a point 2 Carrier List selects the carrier of a list a change will be applied in the text box Carrier The text box can be changed manually but if the Carrier and the selected carrier by Carrier List are different the function coverage cannot be used brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 178 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o 9 Clients Clients can be set to a specific point to make some additional calculations to see if this exact
293. t WiMAP 4G is in use There are many detailed calculations and themes with a lot of settings that help to refine the result to the desired level Before making any useful calculations or themes the following things should be done e elevation model imported e correct sites created e correct antennas created and used e correct coordinates for antennas and sites Considering those as done a proper calculation or theme can be made and the results can be used without any doubt If there is no elevation model imported the calculations or themes will be imprecise These results should never be used to make a decision whether to build a planned scenario in reality or not 10 1 Calculations and Theme Types The following calculations are possible with WiMAP 4G e field strength area e client coverage e point field strength e site to site The follow themes are possible with WiMAP 4G e coverage e best server e carrier to interferer e power level e sub carrier interference e field strength e elevation e visibility Themes always need results from a basic calculation to start calculating itself So if an error occurs or nothing is shown after creating a theme the first thing to check is whether the corresponding basic calculations have been done or not brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 188 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations planning e operations support systems pos S e 10 2 The Field Stre
294. t of a 3D VIGW ves X S NEN KNN RSS NKE EN NSN XN YS KNX KN SY RX SANU KN NN ENNAN ANAE 275 Exported PNO pon crn ne er ee ee 275 User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 297 of 297
295. t with Site 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Profile Chent_Profile l w Options Remove Points Cancel Figure 290 Create clients from points settings Converting is only possible with a certain point category not with all Next thing to choose is the height column from the chosen point category So if there are a few columns from type meter choose the one that describes the height above ground level Before finishing the conversion choose the points to be deleted after creating the clients or still to occur afterwards brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 175 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Profile Client Profile Ka W Remove Points cana Figure 291 Option Remove Points Y Options 3 Click on OK to convert all the chosen points to clients If everything worked out the points will be clients and will show a blue dashed line in the chosen site Figure 292 The created clients appear on the map ID Site Carrier Profile Height CAGL Coverage Powe Pointi Site 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Client Profile 0 000 Point Site 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Client Profile 0 000 Figure 293 The created clients on clients tab 8 7 2 How to Convert Clients to Points 1 Choose Clhlents gt Convert to Points Clients Link Calculation The Gaita Create Edit Point Category WLan_Customer Assign to Sites
296. tennas per radio unit are required 7 1 10 1 How to Create Distributed MIMO Antennas 1 Open a radio unit that should have the distributed antennas and click on New to create new antenna Radio Unit Ea ID Name Radio Unit 1 Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Y Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 6 100 00 Bands p l Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type Antenna 0 14 8 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 BIT E OK Cancel Figure 222 Creating a new antenna 2 The antenna settings window will be opened Edit the settings and click on OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 135 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 If the radio unit has one antenna follow the steps described above 4 Now the desired radio unit has the distributed antennas Data E W UY Site 1 5 F Be A Antenna 0 of Antenna 0 C a x P Name Radio Unit 1 Carrier x Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 wv Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Bands 1 Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Site Radio Unit Carrier Tx Power Direction Type Antennas ID Tx Power Direction Type New Antenna 0 14 8 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 Antenna 120 Site 1 Radio Unit 2 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 14 8 120 00 Stella Dorac Antenna 0 14 8 0 00 Stella
297. ter a name of a place or a zip code or to choose an area from the result list To specify an area by coordinates the correct longitude and latitude is required If coordinates are unknown they can be found easily by using P lt http maps bing com or Google Earth Look at 3 2 1 1 1 for more information 3 1 Specify area by address Insert name of a place or zip code and click on Search Location Select the location area of your project either by address or directly by coordinates Y Specify area by address Address 53229 Address Longitude Latitude Figure 100 Specify an area by address Choose from the result list and click on Next brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 69 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Specify area by address Address 53229 Search Address Longitude Latitude K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 22 746 50 45 05 713 57 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 22 839 50 45 05 927 59 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 22 933 50 45 06 142 61 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 23 026 50 45 06 356 63 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 23 120 50 45 06 570 65 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 23 214 50 45 06 785 41 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 24 430 50 45 05 578 43 53229 K l
298. tered into the corresponding field 10 4 1How to Make a Point Field Strength Calculation After editing the point categories and the correct information to the corresponding fields a point field strength calculation can be done 1 There are two possibilities to make a point field strength calculation e Choose Calculation gt Point Field Strength Themes Tools View Extras Window 4rea Field Strength Ctrl F Save 4rea Calculation Load Area Calculation Export Area Calculation Client Coverage G Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 344 Open the settings from menu Click on the in the point tab in the Project Explorer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 206 of 297 17 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems SRI g Category Potential Customer Name Height YM Power Level Field Strength ie Z W Miller 10 000 690425 17 533736847 519 510 i Peters 9 000 690457 94 S336070 42 521 716 y a 591650 5335 72 E EL Figure 345 Open the settings from points tab 2 When the point field strength calculation window opens some settings according to the situation have to be done Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Erceg Model Type Erceg Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Columns W Calculate Power Lev
299. terferer VI Radio x Power Level M Antis Sub Carrier Interference Radio U AA Antil Radio U Mepocumith MA Anti Display the field strength for the visible area Z Load Calculation AA Anti Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 406 Creating field strength theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The field strength theme window opens brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 240 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Load Level C RMS Peak f Use antennas as activated C Restrict to technology f Deactivate others Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB 0 000 cancel Figure 407 Field strength theme settings 4 Choose the maximum load or the base load to be used for the theme The maximum load is recommended to see results in extreme situations 5 Choose RMS root mean square or peak level to be used Peak level is recommended to see results in extreme situations 6 Choose to create the theme for all activated antennas or only a specific technology If the theme is restricted to a specific technology choose whether the actual antenna or all antennas with that technology should be shown only works with right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Field Strength Calculation or choosing antenna and click 2 7 Choose a colour profile and a ma
300. terns which can be used in case ambiguous antenna patterns are used in the current project Choose between Create pattern leading to maximum power level or Create pattern leading to minimum power level 3 1 2 3 1 Algorithm The Algorithm tab offers a few possibilities to adjust the accuracy of the CORLA Raylauncher gt Project Properties General Algorithm Calculation i Theme Recursion Depth For Wall Diffraction Empirical models Recursion Depth For Roof Diffraction 3 lt B Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Recursion Depth For Ground Diffraction 2 Erceg Model 1 Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Relative Recursion Depth For Reflection 1 Algorithm Model Parameters WinProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours Recursion Depth For Reflection Minimum Receiver Power dBm 130 000 Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 84 The CORLA Algorithm tab The parameters are mostly self explanatory brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 61 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Recursion Depth For Wall Diffraction The number of walls which could diffract the signal e Recursion Depth For Roof Diffraction The number of roofs which could diffract the signal e Recursion Depth For Ground Diffraction Maximum number of signal diffraction by the ground e Recursion Depth For Reflection Maximum number of signal reflect
301. the states are included It is recommended to make isolines for the desired states separately and in different colours for a better overview In our example the colours have been taken from the coverage colour profile y3 R A 2 E 7 A C UE pe E AR E LS ke z s C SH OE H RIRI ETU RA A A Ce WE E SER AD LN A 10 000 m above ground Z kN E 71T ht i 1 K AS 55 1 N YW Z QAMe4 3 4 i LA IZ n T Sea gt games 1 2 3 gag Z QAM16 3 4 t Qami 1 2 ay aZe QPSK 3 4 a A es k fo 7 a j hg pee A QPSK 1 2 lt SP ee S RO dT rT R Z ePsk 1 2 diS No Coverage R ans p Fro iy Aaa Ay fa LAN_BS3_2 4GHzem ie E B A OF eit 1 BAe SM ite Figure 432 Theme isolines example Munich coverage brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 256 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Buildings make the isoline calculation more detailed but the overview can get lost fast because there are so many labels around buildings Keep in mind that the elevation labels can be deactivated in the layers tab of the Project Explorer 11 2 Elevation Isolines The elevation isolines can be used to mark different heights in the environment They can be exported and guide themselves on the elevation model An elevation model is required to create elevation isolines 11 2 1How to Create Elevation Isolines 17 1 mport an elevation model To import an elevation model see
302. ting Building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m Figure 155 Building classes These building classes are available in the capture building dialogue They can be used to create nested buildings or woods gt Capture Buildings er PM ES Class Standard Building Height m Broadleaf Forest Coniferous_Forest C Inside_Building Intersecting_Building Mixed Forest Standard Building Tower Figure 156 Capture buildings 5 1 2 2 How to Add Intersecting Buildings Assuming that more building classes has been added brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 97 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1 Open Geodata gt Buildings gt Capture 2 Create a building as described in 5 1 1 LAA ee TF Figure 157 A new building 3 Choose other building classes for example a tower and build it inside the first building a Fakultet o 3a r ie co m nir bashengaiN 7 Figure 158 Intersecting buildings and wood a Ons tng x b Se Ia rE Arit Figure 159 Building in a building A tower has been created and placed inside the other building without any error or warning message T To make buildings inside other buildings clearly visible just make a few visibility r adjustments in the building classes settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 98 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operation
303. tion brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 10 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss SS Technical Assistance For technical questions or problem solving assistance read the section which is related to your performing operation If additional assistance is needed contact the brown iposs support Have following information ready for the brown iposs support to detect a problem e any error messages e details of recent system performance e WiIMAP 4G version number can be found under Help Info e operating system on your computer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 11 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1 Introduction 1 1 WiIMAP 4G WiMAP 4G is the radio network planning software by brown iposs It is developed particularly for planning the air interface of wireless broadband access networks e g based on WiMAX and WLAN standard Also other carriers are supported The software is Java based and able to run on every modern standard computer WiMAP 4G is suitable for both beginners as well as experienced users and offers sufficient possibilities to plan even the largest projects Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help D T G ee ra fae says L Tre sud uonemjeg ef L Is y
304. tion or the nearest neighbour algorithm for the theme The bilinear interpolation is a much more precise algorithm and without special circumstances it should be used The nearest neighbour algorithm is really imprecise but therefore the system requirements for this algorithm are very low The resolution can be chosen between absolute or relative brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 244 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Finally a colour profile needs to be set To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 4 Press OK to create the theme In our example the colour profile has been changed for a better overview Figure 414 Elevation theme example nearest neighbour resolution relative 100 Figure 415 Elevation theme example bilinear interpolation resolution relative 100 10 13 The Visibility Theme The visibility theme shows the visibility of a point in the users current view With the help of this theme the user can check the line of sight between two locations on the map This can help to determine the exact coordinates for a site which should be planned In addition brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 245 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems the visibility theme will take account for both the elevation attenuation and buildings if there is no line of sight b
305. tiple points by Points gt Assign brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 173 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S D colour gt Colour gt Adopt with coverage like in Figure 248 In the points tab coverage can show the colour levels 2 L lt i 8 6 4 Change Colour of Points according to Theme Calculation One result of theme calculation is needed to colour the points 1 Make any theme calculation like in 10 6 1 10 7 1 10 8 1 10 9 1 10 10 1 2 Choose Themes gt XXX gt Points Colour Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Ex Coverage H Gx Display Ba Best Server j Display Isoline KT Carrier To Interferer K T S uw Power Level K verage Th g EIN Foints Colour Sub Carrier Interference rE T a l Ee Field Strength b Assign themes colour to points fe Elevation K 7 lell Elevation Building Visibility gt ancy Power sN Pointi Point Clear Figure 287 Choosing Points Colour from menu 3 Select Points of Category All Active and click OK gt Assign Themes Colour Points Category Measurement Cancel Figure 288 Points Colour Setting 8 7 Clients and Points It is possible to convert clients to points or to create clients from points This can be used if the user does not want clients on his project anymore and wants to convert them to simple points This can also be a benefit for the overv
306. to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overlooked Choose a working directory for CORLA Usually it does not need to be edited CORLA only needs to create a few temporary files while calculating brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 192 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Model ee S Ce W ET lene Resolution X Y m 5 000 Resolution Z m 5 000 Working Directory Temp radiation4150988497969618356tmp Choose Height AGL m 10 000 Ie Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 687177 39 X To 695298 15 Y From 5333875 62 Y To 5338495 62 Cancel To configure the CORLA Raylauncher see chapter 3 1 2 3 Note that the CORLA Raylauncher needs a license for a specific environment and can only be used by Professional Edition users 10 2 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model Choose the average road orientation in This can be set to a standard value in the settings The resolution of the calculation can be set to or meter Higher means higher precision whereas the value in m needs to be low for higher precision Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is large So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a proje
307. try Y 50 56 47 770 Browse State Z m 54 006 District Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 Components Gi Radio Unit 1 i Antenna 0 Radio Unit 2 ie Antenna 120 Radio Unit 3 i Antenna 240 Figure 441 Settings of a site Site Description Municipality Place Street Description Browse LY Le Ley Let Le Site ID v New i canca 2 Under the heading Colour the colour and the transparency can be changed in Click on Change to change the colour brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 263 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Preview m s Sample Text Sample Text E S U Sample Text Sample Text Cancel Reset Figure 442 Select the colour 3 Select your new colour click on OK On site settings click again on OK Now your selected site is in the desired colour The colour of clients change to the colour of the site automatically The colour of radio units and antennas of a site change their colour to the site colour lt i 12 3 2 How to Make a Radio Unit coloured The colour change of a radio unit is the result of a colour change by all antennas of the selected radio unit 1 Open radio unit settings Name Radio Unit 1 Site Site 1 Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 x v Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Bands i
308. ulation Figure 425 Deletion of the actual calculation 3 This dialogue appears if the calculation has already been saved as a file To Delete the calculation with the file G wimap_project zip in which the calculation has been stored click on the button Delete with without file click on the button Delete without Delete without Cancel Figure 426 Delete calculation with without file 4 Click on Delete with if the file must be deleted brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 252 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 16 Calculation with Desired MIMO Antennas 10 16 1 How to Create a Power Level Theme with Desired MIMO Antennas 1 Create MIMO antennas like in 7 1 10 1 2 Open a carrier and select MIMO mode Maximum Ratio Combining MRC gt Carriers Cz Name Technology Frequency From Frequency To v New Backhaul 38 GHz Backhaul 37500 000 39500 000 Backhaul 7 GHz Backhaul 7300 000 7550 000 Edit WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2400 000 2420 000 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2460 000 2480 000 Delete WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 2 4 GHz 2430 000 2450 000 S v Options WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5 GHz 5490 000 5510 000 WLAN WLAN Name WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Browse WLAN Frequency Coverage Frequency From MHz 2400 000 To MHz 2420 000 WLAN Spectrum Fr
309. up the selected object While activated objects chosen from the Project Explorer become centered on the screen R Q Q G E kk The rectangle zoom tool to The distance measurement tool to 7 Simply changes object positions with the drag and drop function tk Activates the Terrain Profiler L Opens the field strength area calculation Now the field strength can be calculated with different propagation models Export the plot with components to file or to clipboard This function can be enabled or disabled XK Only one of these functions can be enabled at a time Furthermore any essential function can be found in the submenus Detailed explanations can be found in the following chapters The bulk of the screen is filled with the Terrain Explorer As mentioned there are four functions run by the left mouse button e rectangle zoom e distance measurement tool e Terrain Profiler brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 27 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e drag and drop function For shifting the terrain around without using the arrow buttons in the control bar push and hold the right mouse button The blue frame inside the Terrain Explorer shows the maximum area for calculating a propagation model This blue frame compiles while creating a new project and cannot be changed subsequently Originally the propagation models are calculat
310. ures a detailed price list can be obtained from the WiMAP 4G website 16 1 7What is the difference between WiIMAP 4G Editions The Professional Edition offers the complete feature set apart from services that need to be licensed against third parties The Community Edition has additional project orientated limitations The number of sites and of points in the same project is limited Also the resolution for displaying the calculation results is limited and parts of the import export functions are inaccessible We reserve us the right to restrict new and more functionalities in future releases of WiMAP 4G Community Edition 16 1 8What are the requirements to get a license Activation is necessary for the Professional Edition as well as for the Community Edition After purchasing the WiMAP 4G Professional Edition a USB dongle carrying the license will be delivered to you for the activation of your Professional Edition The Community Edition also needs activation but the only requirement is a valid e mail address because we send the license file by e mail 16 1 9 Can I upgrade my Community Edition to Professional Edition at a later date within the program Yes it is possible to use the Community Edition and make an upgrade at any date later It is sufficient just to plug in the USB dongle having the CodeMeter runtime environment installed into your computer and start WiMAP 4G 16 1 10 Do I have to update my WiMAP 4G from time to time W
311. usuearsususersegues 71 Figure 105 Open Google Mans sss sese sese 72 Figure 106 Right click the red marker ccccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeansegaes 72 Figure 107 The coordinates sss ss sss cesses cesses eenn eenn enen 72 Figure 108 Choose a coordinate system VOS sees eee e eee e e eee eee 73 Figure 109 The easy way to load Projects ccccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeseeeeaeseeesaeeeseeaesenags 74 Figure 110 The log WiINGOW ccccecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeee ee eeeeeeesa eens ea eeeeasaesesaeaeeeeeeaegegags 75 Figure 111 Errors are shown in red in the log window sss esse sees eee eee e e eee eee 75 Figure 112 Load Cadastral data sese 76 Figure 113 Choose a file sese cesses esse eenn enen 77 Figure 114 Add the cadastral data to the proie sees 77 Figure 115 Unmodified cadastral data sss sese 78 Figure 116 Additional Cadastral layers s cesses esec e eee eee 78 PUI RRR dn lale S iste cee cece cede cae oes te tece sete ceau cs cecececsUntese se sedeaeseseececs se ceaesesesececesecses 79 Figure 118 Edit cadastral data lawyers css essen 79 Figure 119 Choose Visualisation or IQMOre cscscsecsesreeceecrcecnearceceearseeuearsneuearsususersueaes 80 Figure 120 Edited cadastral layers s osensnnonensnnsnensnnsnnrnnnnennrnrnsnnrnnnrnnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnnne 80 Figure 121 Cadastral data changed colour ssssssesssssnnnsnnsnnrsnnsrnrnnnennrnnnennrnrnennr
312. verage probability 50 10 3 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model The CORLA Raylauncher settings which can be made during a client coverage calculation are limited First of all the precision in X Y direction and in Z direction can be set in meter Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is large So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overlooked O E EEE OEE Model CORLA Raylauncher Resolution X Y m 5 000 Resolution Z m 5 000 Point Extent multiple of Resolution X Y 1 Working Directory Temp radiation4629458165149532025tmp Choose Average Utilization 50 00 Own Cell Interference 30 00 Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 Nose Figure Receiver dB 3 000 Figure 334 Client coverage calculation settings for CORLA brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 6 1 Page 200 of 297 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Choose a working directory for CORLA Usually it does not need to be edited CORLA only needs to create a few temporary files while calculating To configure the CORLA Raylauncher see chapter 3 1 2 3 Note that the CORLA Raylauncher needs a license f
313. very propagation model 0 216 Comparison of the propagation MOEIS ccecsesecseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeenseseerereees 217 Example for a Site to Site Calculation css eee e eee eee 217 Start site to site Calculation vese eee e eee eenn 218 Start site to site calculation from the MAP ccccceceeseseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeees 218 The site to Site calculation settinde c ssc e eee e eee e e eee ee e eee eee 218 Fill in all the fields and click OK to start the calculation sese eee eee eee eee eee 219 A black line signalizes problems sse ee e eee e e e eee e eee eee 219 Create coverage theme from MENU sse ese eee eee ee eee e e eee e e eee ee eee 220 Create coverage theme from Calculation Lab sss ese eee eee e eee eee 221 Create coverage theme from Calculation tab by right clicking antennas 221 Coverage theme settings sees eee eee e e eee eee 222 A coverage theme example Munich 10 dB marGin ccccccecsecseeeseeeeeeeeeees 222 A coverage theme example Munich 0 dB margin sss ss sss sees sees eee eee 223 Create best server theme from menu sese esec eee ee eee e e eee e e eee ee eenn 224 Create best server theme from calculation tab ccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 224 Create best server theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 225 Best server theme settings sss s cesses esse e eee ee esen 225 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A seene 226 A best server them
314. y F N Xb ae Ae i Y L l TE s A P Se es K A a Lf L i 0 as b P i E ic 72 K N 0 3 S 3Y i a L st arh Peas Te T SERRE OZ sy r Bina ee E ECA ZAG nae cate ee me T d Ka ne ye pny ep arn S a L X 3 gt fy i CL ie 1a L a aA b id an lt ee x a E R b ou 4g az LL H P A Ga Oe o Eka F e K r grt N RED SE MO ae ss se Ohefahrina H Ti E y U rad a a ger K Las Gr J v S Z i T E y Ped NR x d ar or Peep K f R AA its Te y E fn Z Le a od ty PRN e Rw TT ice PEN h 4 2 i fa O 4 F S p Salana a Say i EL E Je B LT L U L v Pr Qoermenzing A Fre engictiaiing a aN k iy GRI y ST fae a c ha 4 Yow a e i E rons f U X f 1 Boyds ta amp i ge 1 Dagifing H ae ae L Ia japow uoneaajg 7 seinnaisenp i E aa a4 XIMIIB EuS eaa i U E westend L 7 ath ee J oo T Friedenheim 7 P r SIT SL Ulrich O 8 Og Ehana opaiermele T 7 thakihauser Nerd 7 a 1a yy Wa E EJ pA NES x ya j K W 7 Si 5 Sg Me 4 a L P 1 PR sA R N A F ro i A 8 D a ic 5 7 G s gt b K l A ME 0 a Kleinhadent my Tp aa pes Be X e E E C S Ps C C cel i la T Bergam Laimi nie S a ka TANA 4 N a 0 L Ji amp T Blumen 2 x LA L Le I bir 7 R edad Rin ac L ag E R a bhis Saaidi Hat oe laren TE T K E h 1 i R le a a ae N HI pie SE EN A L diii a TT i Tsd i HE9 k Ka TK Z sUntesendiing n m q NE y
315. z 3 point extent 1 Figure 352 Figure 353 orientation Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 Figure 357 Figure 358 Figure 359 Figure 360 Figure 361 Figure 362 Figure 363 Figure 364 Figure 365 Figure 366 Figure 367 Figure 368 Figure 369 Figure 370 Figure 371 Figure 372 Figure 373 Figure 374 Figure 375 Figure 376 Figure 377 Figure 378 Figure 379 Figure 380 Figure 381 Figure 382 Figure 383 Figure 384 Figure 385 Figure 386 Figure 387 Figure 388 Figure 389 brown iposs GmbH A point field strength calculation example Munich CORLA resolution x y 3 TEE EPEE E PET PEPE TAPETE A E E 211 Point field strength calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 sese seene 211 A point field strength calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road S O a P E woes oo acre eevee a nee ee een ee eee 212 Point field strength calculation settings for Free Space Propagation 212 A point field strength calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation 213 WinProp field strength Calculations SettingS ccecscsesseeceeeeseseneeseaeereeeenenes 213 General settings for point field strength CalCUlatiONn ccccecsceeeeeesereeseerereees 214 Open the point category SettiINGS ccccececseeeeeseseceeeeereeeeeeretstereesesenststaraneees 215 Columns for all propagation MOCEIS ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeeeanees 215 Make point field strength calculations for e

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Manual de Operação da S100J    仕様書(PDF形式, 1.05MB)  取扱説明書  AXIS V59 Network Camera Installation Guide  Tripp Lite 120V User's Manual  Warehouse of Tiffany RL8059A Instructions / Assembly  LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH Mode d`emploi 389 521 Instrucciones  Instruções de Utilização Istruzioni per l'uso Bedienungsanleitung  Samsung Monitor business da 27" dalle avanzate funzioni ergonimiche User Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file